Daniel Dunbar | 9c42652 | 2008-07-29 23:18:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===-- CodeGenFunction.h - Per-Function state for LLVM CodeGen -*- C++ -*-===// |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
Chris Lattner | 5b12ab8 | 2007-12-29 19:59:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 10 | // This is the internal per-function state used for llvm translation. |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 11 | // |
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 13 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 2f5db8b | 2014-08-13 16:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LIB_CODEGEN_CODEGENFUNCTION_H |
| 15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_LIB_CODEGEN_CODEGENFUNCTION_H |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | |
Daniel Dunbar | cb46385 | 2008-11-01 01:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "CGBuilder.h" |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "CGDebugInfo.h" |
Alexander Musman | 515ad8c | 2014-05-22 08:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "CGLoopInfo.h" |
Daniel Dunbar | 97db84c | 2008-08-23 03:46:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "CGValue.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 3a02247 | 2012-12-04 09:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "CodeGenModule.h" |
Justin Bogner | ef512b9 | 2014-01-06 22:27:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "CodeGenPGO.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 5553d0d | 2014-01-07 11:51:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "EHScopeStack.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 3a02247 | 2012-12-04 09:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
Alexey Bataev | d6fdc8b | 2015-08-31 07:32:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 3a02247 | 2012-12-04 09:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/ABI.h" |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | #include "clang/Basic/CapturedStmt.h" |
Alexander Musman | df7a8e2 | 2015-01-22 08:49:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 3a02247 | 2012-12-04 09:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
Saleem Abdulrasool | 10a4972 | 2016-04-08 16:52:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 3a02247 | 2012-12-04 09:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 35 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" |
| 36 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 61743af | 2014-03-04 11:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | #include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 3a02247 | 2012-12-04 09:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" |
Peter Collingbourne | dc13453 | 2016-01-16 00:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SanitizerStats.h" |
Daniel Dunbar | 97db84c | 2008-08-23 03:46:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | namespace llvm { |
Rafael Espindola | 42ae745 | 2014-05-09 00:57:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | class BasicBlock; |
| 43 | class LLVMContext; |
| 44 | class MDNode; |
| 45 | class Module; |
| 46 | class SwitchInst; |
| 47 | class Twine; |
| 48 | class Value; |
| 49 | class CallSite; |
Chris Lattner | 23b7eb6 | 2007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | } |
| 51 | |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | namespace clang { |
Rafael Espindola | 42ae745 | 2014-05-09 00:57:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | class ASTContext; |
| 54 | class BlockDecl; |
| 55 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
| 56 | class CXXForRangeStmt; |
| 57 | class CXXTryStmt; |
| 58 | class Decl; |
| 59 | class LabelDecl; |
| 60 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
| 61 | class FunctionDecl; |
| 62 | class FunctionProtoType; |
| 63 | class LabelStmt; |
| 64 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
| 65 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 66 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
| 67 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
| 68 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
| 69 | class ObjCPropertyImplDecl; |
| 70 | class TargetInfo; |
Rafael Espindola | 42ae745 | 2014-05-09 00:57:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | class VarDecl; |
| 72 | class ObjCForCollectionStmt; |
| 73 | class ObjCAtTryStmt; |
| 74 | class ObjCAtThrowStmt; |
| 75 | class ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt; |
| 76 | class ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt; |
Devang Patel | 3e11cce | 2007-10-23 02:10:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | namespace CodeGen { |
Rafael Espindola | 42ae745 | 2014-05-09 00:57:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 79 | class CodeGenTypes; |
| 80 | class CGFunctionInfo; |
| 81 | class CGRecordLayout; |
| 82 | class CGBlockInfo; |
| 83 | class CGCXXABI; |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | class BlockByrefHelpers; |
| 85 | class BlockByrefInfo; |
Rafael Espindola | 42ae745 | 2014-05-09 00:57:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | class BlockFlags; |
| 87 | class BlockFieldFlags; |
Alexey Bataev | 7292c29 | 2016-04-25 12:22:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | class RegionCodeGenTy; |
John McCall | 12f2352 | 2016-04-04 18:33:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | class TargetCodeGenInfo; |
Alexey Bataev | 24b5bae | 2016-04-28 09:23:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | struct OMPTaskDataTy; |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 91 | |
John McCall | 47fb950 | 2013-03-07 21:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 | /// The kind of evaluation to perform on values of a particular |
| 93 | /// type. Basically, is the code in CGExprScalar, CGExprComplex, or |
| 94 | /// CGExprAgg? |
| 95 | /// |
| 96 | /// TODO: should vectors maybe be split out into their own thing? |
| 97 | enum TypeEvaluationKind { |
| 98 | TEK_Scalar, |
| 99 | TEK_Complex, |
| 100 | TEK_Aggregate |
| 101 | }; |
| 102 | |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 103 | /// CodeGenFunction - This class organizes the per-function state that is used |
| 104 | /// while generating LLVM code. |
John McCall | e3dc170 | 2011-02-15 09:22:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 105 | class CodeGenFunction : public CodeGenTypeCache { |
Aaron Ballman | abc1892 | 2015-02-15 22:54:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 | CodeGenFunction(const CodeGenFunction &) = delete; |
| 107 | void operator=(const CodeGenFunction &) = delete; |
John McCall | 5d865c32 | 2010-08-31 07:33:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | |
| 109 | friend class CGCXXABI; |
Chris Lattner | bda69f8 | 2007-08-26 23:13:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | public: |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | /// A jump destination is an abstract label, branching to which may |
| 112 | /// require a jump out through normal cleanups. |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | struct JumpDest { |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | JumpDest() : Block(nullptr), ScopeDepth(), Index(0) {} |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 115 | JumpDest(llvm::BasicBlock *Block, |
| 116 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator Depth, |
| 117 | unsigned Index) |
| 118 | : Block(Block), ScopeDepth(Depth), Index(Index) {} |
| 119 | |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | bool isValid() const { return Block != nullptr; } |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 | llvm::BasicBlock *getBlock() const { return Block; } |
| 122 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator getScopeDepth() const { return ScopeDepth; } |
| 123 | unsigned getDestIndex() const { return Index; } |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | // This should be used cautiously. |
| 126 | void setScopeDepth(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator depth) { |
| 127 | ScopeDepth = depth; |
| 128 | } |
| 129 | |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | private: |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | llvm::BasicBlock *Block; |
| 132 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator ScopeDepth; |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | unsigned Index; |
| 134 | }; |
| 135 | |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | CodeGenModule &CGM; // Per-module state. |
Daniel Dunbar | 1b44419 | 2009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 137 | const TargetInfo &Target; |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 138 | |
Chris Lattner | 96d7256 | 2007-08-21 16:57:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | typedef std::pair<llvm::Value *, llvm::Value *> ComplexPairTy; |
Alexander Musman | 515ad8c | 2014-05-22 08:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | LoopInfoStack LoopStack; |
Daniel Dunbar | cb46385 | 2008-11-01 01:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 141 | CGBuilderTy Builder; |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | |
Alexander Musman | 515ad8c | 2014-05-22 08:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | /// \brief CGBuilder insert helper. This function is called after an |
| 144 | /// instruction is created using Builder. |
| 145 | void InsertHelper(llvm::Instruction *I, const llvm::Twine &Name, |
| 146 | llvm::BasicBlock *BB, |
| 147 | llvm::BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const; |
| 148 | |
John McCall | dec348f7 | 2013-05-03 07:33:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 | /// CurFuncDecl - Holds the Decl for the current outermost |
| 150 | /// non-closure context. |
Chris Lattner | 5696e7b | 2008-06-17 18:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 151 | const Decl *CurFuncDecl; |
Chris Lattner | 28ec0cf | 2009-04-23 05:30:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | /// CurCodeDecl - This is the inner-most code context, which includes blocks. |
| 153 | const Decl *CurCodeDecl; |
Daniel Dunbar | d931a87 | 2009-02-02 22:03:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | const CGFunctionInfo *CurFnInfo; |
Chris Lattner | 4bd5596 | 2008-03-30 23:03:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | QualType FnRetTy; |
Chris Lattner | ac24820 | 2007-05-30 00:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | llvm::Function *CurFn; |
| 157 | |
Mike Stump | bee78dd | 2009-12-04 23:26:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | /// CurGD - The GlobalDecl for the current function being compiled. |
| 159 | GlobalDecl CurGD; |
Mike Stump | bee78dd | 2009-12-04 23:26:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | /// PrologueCleanupDepth - The cleanup depth enclosing all the |
| 162 | /// cleanups associated with the parameters. |
| 163 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator PrologueCleanupDepth; |
| 164 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 54bb193 | 2008-09-09 21:00:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | /// ReturnBlock - Unified return block. |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 166 | JumpDest ReturnBlock; |
| 167 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 168 | /// ReturnValue - The temporary alloca to hold the return |
| 169 | /// value. This is invalid iff the function has no return value. |
| 170 | Address ReturnValue; |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | |
Chris Lattner | 03df122 | 2007-06-02 04:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | /// AllocaInsertPoint - This is an instruction in the entry block before which |
| 173 | /// we prefer to insert allocas. |
Chris Lattner | 2739d2b | 2009-03-31 22:17:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | llvm::AssertingVH<llvm::Instruction> AllocaInsertPt; |
Daniel Dunbar | 88402ce | 2008-08-04 16:51:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | /// \brief API for captured statement code generation. |
| 177 | class CGCapturedStmtInfo { |
| 178 | public: |
Alexey Bataev | f841bd9 | 2014-12-16 07:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 179 | explicit CGCapturedStmtInfo(CapturedRegionKind K = CR_Default) |
| 180 | : Kind(K), ThisValue(nullptr), CXXThisFieldDecl(nullptr) {} |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | explicit CGCapturedStmtInfo(const CapturedStmt &S, |
| 182 | CapturedRegionKind K = CR_Default) |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | : Kind(K), ThisValue(nullptr), CXXThisFieldDecl(nullptr) { |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | |
| 185 | RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = |
| 186 | S.getCapturedRecordDecl()->field_begin(); |
| 187 | for (CapturedStmt::const_capture_iterator I = S.capture_begin(), |
| 188 | E = S.capture_end(); |
| 189 | I != E; ++I, ++Field) { |
| 190 | if (I->capturesThis()) |
| 191 | CXXThisFieldDecl = *Field; |
Alexey Bataev | 330de03 | 2014-10-29 12:21:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 192 | else if (I->capturesVariable()) |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 193 | CaptureFields[I->getCapturedVar()] = *Field; |
Alexey Bataev | 7ace49d | 2016-05-17 08:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | else if (I->capturesVariableByCopy()) |
| 195 | CaptureFields[I->getCapturedVar()] = *Field; |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 196 | } |
| 197 | } |
| 198 | |
| 199 | virtual ~CGCapturedStmtInfo(); |
| 200 | |
| 201 | CapturedRegionKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
| 202 | |
Alexey Bataev | 6f1ffc0 | 2015-04-10 04:50:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 203 | virtual void setContextValue(llvm::Value *V) { ThisValue = V; } |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 204 | // \brief Retrieve the value of the context parameter. |
Alexey Bataev | 8cbe0a6 | 2015-02-26 10:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | virtual llvm::Value *getContextValue() const { return ThisValue; } |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | |
| 207 | /// \brief Lookup the captured field decl for a variable. |
Alexey Bataev | 8cbe0a6 | 2015-02-26 10:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 | virtual const FieldDecl *lookup(const VarDecl *VD) const { |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 209 | return CaptureFields.lookup(VD); |
| 210 | } |
| 211 | |
Alexey Bataev | 8cbe0a6 | 2015-02-26 10:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 212 | bool isCXXThisExprCaptured() const { return getThisFieldDecl() != nullptr; } |
| 213 | virtual FieldDecl *getThisFieldDecl() const { return CXXThisFieldDecl; } |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 214 | |
Alexey Bataev | 1809571 | 2014-10-10 12:19:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | static bool classof(const CGCapturedStmtInfo *) { |
| 216 | return true; |
| 217 | } |
| 218 | |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 219 | /// \brief Emit the captured statement body. |
Alexey Bataev | 8cbe0a6 | 2015-02-26 10:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 220 | virtual void EmitBody(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Stmt *S) { |
Justin Bogner | 66242d6 | 2015-04-23 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 221 | CGF.incrementProfileCounter(S); |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 | CGF.EmitStmt(S); |
| 223 | } |
| 224 | |
| 225 | /// \brief Get the name of the capture helper. |
| 226 | virtual StringRef getHelperName() const { return "__captured_stmt"; } |
| 227 | |
| 228 | private: |
| 229 | /// \brief The kind of captured statement being generated. |
| 230 | CapturedRegionKind Kind; |
| 231 | |
| 232 | /// \brief Keep the map between VarDecl and FieldDecl. |
| 233 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<const VarDecl *, FieldDecl *> CaptureFields; |
| 234 | |
| 235 | /// \brief The base address of the captured record, passed in as the first |
| 236 | /// argument of the parallel region function. |
| 237 | llvm::Value *ThisValue; |
| 238 | |
| 239 | /// \brief Captured 'this' type. |
| 240 | FieldDecl *CXXThisFieldDecl; |
| 241 | }; |
| 242 | CGCapturedStmtInfo *CapturedStmtInfo; |
| 243 | |
Alexey Bataev | d157d47 | 2015-06-24 03:35:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 244 | /// \brief RAII for correct setting/restoring of CapturedStmtInfo. |
| 245 | class CGCapturedStmtRAII { |
| 246 | private: |
| 247 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 248 | CGCapturedStmtInfo *PrevCapturedStmtInfo; |
| 249 | public: |
| 250 | CGCapturedStmtRAII(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 251 | CGCapturedStmtInfo *NewCapturedStmtInfo) |
| 252 | : CGF(CGF), PrevCapturedStmtInfo(CGF.CapturedStmtInfo) { |
| 253 | CGF.CapturedStmtInfo = NewCapturedStmtInfo; |
| 254 | } |
| 255 | ~CGCapturedStmtRAII() { CGF.CapturedStmtInfo = PrevCapturedStmtInfo; } |
| 256 | }; |
| 257 | |
Alexey Samsonov | a041610 | 2014-11-11 01:26:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 258 | /// \brief Sanitizers enabled for this function. |
| 259 | SanitizerSet SanOpts; |
Will Dietz | f54319c | 2013-01-18 11:30:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | |
Alexey Samsonov | 24cad99 | 2014-07-17 18:46:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 261 | /// \brief True if CodeGen currently emits code implementing sanitizer checks. |
| 262 | bool IsSanitizerScope; |
| 263 | |
| 264 | /// \brief RAII object to set/unset CodeGenFunction::IsSanitizerScope. |
| 265 | class SanitizerScope { |
| 266 | CodeGenFunction *CGF; |
| 267 | public: |
| 268 | SanitizerScope(CodeGenFunction *CGF); |
| 269 | ~SanitizerScope(); |
| 270 | }; |
| 271 | |
Reid Kleckner | 1981944 | 2014-07-25 21:39:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | /// In C++, whether we are code generating a thunk. This controls whether we |
| 273 | /// should emit cleanups. |
| 274 | bool CurFuncIsThunk; |
| 275 | |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 276 | /// In ARC, whether we should autorelease the return value. |
| 277 | bool AutoreleaseResult; |
| 278 | |
Reid Kleckner | 9b3e3df | 2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 279 | /// Whether we processed a Microsoft-style asm block during CodeGen. These can |
| 280 | /// potentially set the return value. |
| 281 | bool SawAsmBlock; |
| 282 | |
David Majnemer | 25eb165 | 2016-03-01 19:42:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 283 | const FunctionDecl *CurSEHParent = nullptr; |
| 284 | |
Reid Kleckner | ebaf28d | 2015-04-14 20:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | /// True if the current function is an outlined SEH helper. This can be a |
| 286 | /// finally block or filter expression. |
| 287 | bool IsOutlinedSEHHelper; |
| 288 | |
John McCall | ad7c5c1 | 2011-02-08 08:22:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | const CodeGen::CGBlockInfo *BlockInfo; |
| 290 | llvm::Value *BlockPointer; |
| 291 | |
Eli Friedman | 9fbeba0 | 2012-02-11 02:57:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, FieldDecl *> LambdaCaptureFields; |
| 293 | FieldDecl *LambdaThisCaptureField; |
| 294 | |
Douglas Gregor | 9154b5d | 2010-05-17 15:52:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 295 | /// \brief A mapping from NRVO variables to the flags used to indicate |
| 296 | /// when the NRVO has been applied to this variable. |
| 297 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, llvm::Value *> NRVOFlags; |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 298 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 | EHScopeStack EHStack; |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 256> LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack; |
Nico Weber | 5779f84 | 2015-02-12 23:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | llvm::SmallVector<const JumpDest *, 2> SEHTryEpilogueStack; |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 302 | |
David Majnemer | 4e52d6f | 2015-12-12 05:39:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 303 | llvm::Instruction *CurrentFuncletPad = nullptr; |
| 304 | |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | /// Header for data within LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack. |
| 306 | struct LifetimeExtendedCleanupHeader { |
| 307 | /// The size of the following cleanup object. |
Justin Bogner | bdff219 | 2015-07-01 00:59:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | unsigned Size; |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | /// The kind of cleanup to push: a value from the CleanupKind enumeration. |
Justin Bogner | bdff219 | 2015-07-01 00:59:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 310 | CleanupKind Kind; |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | |
Justin Bogner | bdff219 | 2015-07-01 00:59:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | size_t getSize() const { return Size; } |
| 313 | CleanupKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 314 | }; |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 315 | |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | /// i32s containing the indexes of the cleanup destinations. |
| 317 | llvm::AllocaInst *NormalCleanupDest; |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | |
| 319 | unsigned NextCleanupDestIndex; |
| 320 | |
John McCall | 08ef466 | 2011-11-10 08:15:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 321 | /// FirstBlockInfo - The head of a singly-linked-list of block layouts. |
| 322 | CGBlockInfo *FirstBlockInfo; |
| 323 | |
John McCall | 8e4c74b | 2011-08-11 02:22:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | /// EHResumeBlock - Unified block containing a call to llvm.eh.resume. |
| 325 | llvm::BasicBlock *EHResumeBlock; |
| 326 | |
Bill Wendling | f0724e8 | 2011-09-19 20:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | /// The exception slot. All landing pads write the current exception pointer |
| 328 | /// into this alloca. |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 329 | llvm::Value *ExceptionSlot; |
| 330 | |
Bill Wendling | f0724e8 | 2011-09-19 20:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 331 | /// The selector slot. Under the MandatoryCleanup model, all landing pads |
| 332 | /// write the current selector value into this alloca. |
John McCall | 9b382dd | 2011-05-28 21:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | llvm::AllocaInst *EHSelectorSlot; |
| 334 | |
Reid Kleckner | 9fe7f23 | 2015-07-07 00:36:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | /// A stack of exception code slots. Entering an __except block pushes a slot |
| 336 | /// on the stack and leaving pops one. The __exception_code() intrinsic loads |
| 337 | /// a value from the top of the stack. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 338 | SmallVector<Address, 1> SEHCodeSlotStack; |
Reid Kleckner | d0d9a1f | 2015-07-01 17:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 339 | |
Reid Kleckner | 9fe7f23 | 2015-07-07 00:36:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | /// Value returned by __exception_info intrinsic. |
| 341 | llvm::Value *SEHInfo = nullptr; |
Reid Kleckner | 1d59f99 | 2015-01-22 01:36:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 342 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 343 | /// Emits a landing pad for the current EH stack. |
| 344 | llvm::BasicBlock *EmitLandingPad(); |
| 345 | |
| 346 | llvm::BasicBlock *getInvokeDestImpl(); |
| 347 | |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | template <class T> |
John McCall | cb5f77f | 2011-01-28 10:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 | typename DominatingValue<T>::saved_type saveValueInCond(T value) { |
| 350 | return DominatingValue<T>::save(*this, value); |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | } |
| 352 | |
Daniel Dunbar | d3dcb4f8 | 2008-09-28 01:03:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | public: |
Anders Carlsson | 33c1b65 | 2009-02-10 06:07:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | /// ObjCEHValueStack - Stack of Objective-C exception values, used for |
| 355 | /// rethrows. |
Chris Lattner | 01cf8db | 2011-07-20 06:58:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 356 | SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 8> ObjCEHValueStack; |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 357 | |
John McCall | 6b0feb7 | 2011-06-22 02:32:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | /// A class controlling the emission of a finally block. |
| 359 | class FinallyInfo { |
| 360 | /// Where the catchall's edge through the cleanup should go. |
| 361 | JumpDest RethrowDest; |
Anders Carlsson | 66c384a | 2009-02-08 07:46:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 362 | |
John McCall | 6b0feb7 | 2011-06-22 02:32:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 363 | /// A function to call to enter the catch. |
| 364 | llvm::Constant *BeginCatchFn; |
| 365 | |
| 366 | /// An i1 variable indicating whether or not the @finally is |
| 367 | /// running for an exception. |
| 368 | llvm::AllocaInst *ForEHVar; |
| 369 | |
| 370 | /// An i8* variable into which the exception pointer to rethrow |
| 371 | /// has been saved. |
| 372 | llvm::AllocaInst *SavedExnVar; |
| 373 | |
| 374 | public: |
| 375 | void enter(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Stmt *Finally, |
| 376 | llvm::Constant *beginCatchFn, llvm::Constant *endCatchFn, |
| 377 | llvm::Constant *rethrowFn); |
| 378 | void exit(CodeGenFunction &CGF); |
| 379 | }; |
Mike Stump | aff69af | 2009-12-09 03:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | |
Reid Kleckner | 11c033e | 2015-02-12 23:40:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | /// Returns true inside SEH __try blocks. |
| 382 | bool isSEHTryScope() const { return !SEHTryEpilogueStack.empty(); } |
| 383 | |
Reid Kleckner | a002bd5 | 2015-10-28 23:06:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 384 | /// Returns true while emitting a cleanuppad. |
David Majnemer | 4e52d6f | 2015-12-12 05:39:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 385 | bool isCleanupPadScope() const { |
| 386 | return CurrentFuncletPad && isa<llvm::CleanupPadInst>(CurrentFuncletPad); |
| 387 | } |
Reid Kleckner | a002bd5 | 2015-10-28 23:06:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | /// pushFullExprCleanup - Push a cleanup to be run at the end of the |
| 390 | /// current full-expression. Safe against the possibility that |
| 391 | /// we're currently inside a conditionally-evaluated expression. |
Benjamin Kramer | 51680bc | 2015-03-12 23:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | template <class T, class... As> |
| 393 | void pushFullExprCleanup(CleanupKind kind, As... A) { |
John McCall | e4df6c8 | 2011-01-28 08:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | // If we're not in a conditional branch, or if none of the |
| 395 | // arguments requires saving, then use the unconditional cleanup. |
John McCall | 5fcf8da | 2011-07-12 00:15:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | if (!isInConditionalBranch()) |
Benjamin Kramer | 51680bc | 2015-03-12 23:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | return EHStack.pushCleanup<T>(kind, A...); |
John McCall | e4df6c8 | 2011-01-28 08:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 51680bc | 2015-03-12 23:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | // Stash values in a tuple so we can guarantee the order of saves. |
| 400 | typedef std::tuple<typename DominatingValue<As>::saved_type...> SavedTuple; |
| 401 | SavedTuple Saved{saveValueInCond(A)...}; |
John McCall | e4df6c8 | 2011-01-28 08:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 51680bc | 2015-03-12 23:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | typedef EHScopeStack::ConditionalCleanup<T, As...> CleanupType; |
Benjamin Kramer | 7f1f6b5 | 2015-03-12 23:46:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | EHStack.pushCleanupTuple<CleanupType>(kind, Saved); |
John McCall | 4bd0fb1 | 2011-07-12 16:41:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | initFullExprCleanup(); |
| 406 | } |
| 407 | |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 408 | /// \brief Queue a cleanup to be pushed after finishing the current |
| 409 | /// full-expression. |
Benjamin Kramer | 51680bc | 2015-03-12 23:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | template <class T, class... As> |
| 411 | void pushCleanupAfterFullExpr(CleanupKind Kind, As... A) { |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | assert(!isInConditionalBranch() && "can't defer conditional cleanup"); |
| 413 | |
| 414 | LifetimeExtendedCleanupHeader Header = { sizeof(T), Kind }; |
| 415 | |
| 416 | size_t OldSize = LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack.size(); |
| 417 | LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack.resize( |
| 418 | LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack.size() + sizeof(Header) + Header.Size); |
| 419 | |
Justin Bogner | bdff219 | 2015-07-01 00:59:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 420 | static_assert(sizeof(Header) % llvm::AlignOf<T>::Alignment == 0, |
| 421 | "Cleanup will be allocated on misaligned address"); |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | char *Buffer = &LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack[OldSize]; |
| 423 | new (Buffer) LifetimeExtendedCleanupHeader(Header); |
Benjamin Kramer | 51680bc | 2015-03-12 23:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | new (Buffer + sizeof(Header)) T(A...); |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 425 | } |
| 426 | |
John McCall | f4beacd | 2011-11-10 10:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 427 | /// Set up the last cleaup that was pushed as a conditional |
| 428 | /// full-expression cleanup. |
| 429 | void initFullExprCleanup(); |
| 430 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 431 | /// PushDestructorCleanup - Push a cleanup to call the |
| 432 | /// complete-object destructor of an object of the given type at the |
| 433 | /// given address. Does nothing if T is not a C++ class type with a |
| 434 | /// non-trivial destructor. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | void PushDestructorCleanup(QualType T, Address Addr); |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 | |
John McCall | 8680f87 | 2010-07-21 06:29:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 437 | /// PushDestructorCleanup - Push a cleanup to call the |
| 438 | /// complete-object variant of the given destructor on the object at |
| 439 | /// the given address. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | void PushDestructorCleanup(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, Address Addr); |
John McCall | 8680f87 | 2010-07-21 06:29:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 442 | /// PopCleanupBlock - Will pop the cleanup entry on the stack and |
| 443 | /// process all branch fixups. |
Adrian Prantl | dc237b5 | 2013-05-16 00:41:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | void PopCleanupBlock(bool FallThroughIsBranchThrough = false); |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 | |
John McCall | 824c2f5 | 2010-09-14 07:57:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 446 | /// DeactivateCleanupBlock - Deactivates the given cleanup block. |
| 447 | /// The block cannot be reactivated. Pops it if it's the top of the |
| 448 | /// stack. |
John McCall | f4beacd | 2011-11-10 10:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 | /// |
| 450 | /// \param DominatingIP - An instruction which is known to |
| 451 | /// dominate the current IP (if set) and which lies along |
| 452 | /// all paths of execution between the current IP and the |
| 453 | /// the point at which the cleanup comes into scope. |
| 454 | void DeactivateCleanupBlock(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator Cleanup, |
| 455 | llvm::Instruction *DominatingIP); |
John McCall | 824c2f5 | 2010-09-14 07:57:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | |
| 457 | /// ActivateCleanupBlock - Activates an initially-inactive cleanup. |
| 458 | /// Cannot be used to resurrect a deactivated cleanup. |
John McCall | f4beacd | 2011-11-10 10:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 459 | /// |
| 460 | /// \param DominatingIP - An instruction which is known to |
| 461 | /// dominate the current IP (if set) and which lies along |
| 462 | /// all paths of execution between the current IP and the |
| 463 | /// the point at which the cleanup comes into scope. |
| 464 | void ActivateCleanupBlock(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator Cleanup, |
| 465 | llvm::Instruction *DominatingIP); |
John McCall | 612942d | 2010-08-13 21:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | /// \brief Enters a new scope for capturing cleanups, all of which |
| 468 | /// will be executed once the scope is exited. |
| 469 | class RunCleanupsScope { |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 470 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator CleanupStackDepth; |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | size_t LifetimeExtendedCleanupStackSize; |
Douglas Gregor | 965f450 | 2009-11-24 16:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 472 | bool OldDidCallStackSave; |
John McCall | 07e6026 | 2013-03-01 01:24:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 473 | protected: |
Douglas Gregor | 680f861 | 2009-11-24 21:15:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | bool PerformCleanup; |
John McCall | 07e6026 | 2013-03-01 01:24:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 475 | private: |
Douglas Gregor | 965f450 | 2009-11-24 16:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | |
Aaron Ballman | abc1892 | 2015-02-15 22:54:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 477 | RunCleanupsScope(const RunCleanupsScope &) = delete; |
| 478 | void operator=(const RunCleanupsScope &) = delete; |
Douglas Gregor | 965f450 | 2009-11-24 16:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 479 | |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 480 | protected: |
| 481 | CodeGenFunction& CGF; |
Will Dietz | f54319c | 2013-01-18 11:30:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | |
Douglas Gregor | 965f450 | 2009-11-24 16:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 | public: |
| 484 | /// \brief Enter a new cleanup scope. |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 | explicit RunCleanupsScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF) |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | : PerformCleanup(true), CGF(CGF) |
Douglas Gregor | 680f861 | 2009-11-24 21:15:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 487 | { |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | CleanupStackDepth = CGF.EHStack.stable_begin(); |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | LifetimeExtendedCleanupStackSize = |
| 490 | CGF.LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack.size(); |
Douglas Gregor | 965f450 | 2009-11-24 16:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | OldDidCallStackSave = CGF.DidCallStackSave; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 9efa1ce | 2010-09-14 00:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | CGF.DidCallStackSave = false; |
Douglas Gregor | 965f450 | 2009-11-24 16:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 493 | } |
| 494 | |
| 495 | /// \brief Exit this cleanup scope, emitting any accumulated |
| 496 | /// cleanups. |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | ~RunCleanupsScope() { |
Douglas Gregor | 680f861 | 2009-11-24 21:15:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | if (PerformCleanup) { |
| 499 | CGF.DidCallStackSave = OldDidCallStackSave; |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | CGF.PopCleanupBlocks(CleanupStackDepth, |
| 501 | LifetimeExtendedCleanupStackSize); |
Douglas Gregor | 680f861 | 2009-11-24 21:15:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 502 | } |
| 503 | } |
| 504 | |
| 505 | /// \brief Determine whether this scope requires any cleanups. |
| 506 | bool requiresCleanups() const { |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | return CGF.EHStack.stable_begin() != CleanupStackDepth; |
Douglas Gregor | 680f861 | 2009-11-24 21:15:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | } |
| 509 | |
| 510 | /// \brief Force the emission of cleanups now, instead of waiting |
| 511 | /// until this object is destroyed. |
| 512 | void ForceCleanup() { |
| 513 | assert(PerformCleanup && "Already forced cleanup"); |
Douglas Gregor | 965f450 | 2009-11-24 16:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 514 | CGF.DidCallStackSave = OldDidCallStackSave; |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | CGF.PopCleanupBlocks(CleanupStackDepth, |
| 516 | LifetimeExtendedCleanupStackSize); |
Douglas Gregor | 680f861 | 2009-11-24 21:15:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | PerformCleanup = false; |
Douglas Gregor | 965f450 | 2009-11-24 16:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | } |
| 519 | }; |
| 520 | |
David Blaikie | 93be0b2 | 2014-08-22 21:37:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 521 | class LexicalScope : public RunCleanupsScope { |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 522 | SourceRange Range; |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | SmallVector<const LabelDecl*, 4> Labels; |
| 524 | LexicalScope *ParentScope; |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | |
Aaron Ballman | abc1892 | 2015-02-15 22:54:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | LexicalScope(const LexicalScope &) = delete; |
| 527 | void operator=(const LexicalScope &) = delete; |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 528 | |
| 529 | public: |
| 530 | /// \brief Enter a new cleanup scope. |
| 531 | explicit LexicalScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF, SourceRange Range) |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | : RunCleanupsScope(CGF), Range(Range), ParentScope(CGF.CurLexicalScope) { |
| 533 | CGF.CurLexicalScope = this; |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 534 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = CGF.getDebugInfo()) |
| 535 | DI->EmitLexicalBlockStart(CGF.Builder, Range.getBegin()); |
| 536 | } |
| 537 | |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | void addLabel(const LabelDecl *label) { |
| 539 | assert(PerformCleanup && "adding label to dead scope?"); |
| 540 | Labels.push_back(label); |
| 541 | } |
| 542 | |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 543 | /// \brief Exit this cleanup scope, emitting any accumulated |
| 544 | /// cleanups. |
| 545 | ~LexicalScope() { |
Adrian Prantl | 5d5b67c | 2013-04-01 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | if (CGDebugInfo *DI = CGF.getDebugInfo()) |
| 547 | DI->EmitLexicalBlockEnd(CGF.Builder, Range.getEnd()); |
| 548 | |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | // If we should perform a cleanup, force them now. Note that |
| 550 | // this ends the cleanup scope before rescoping any labels. |
David Blaikie | 4d52443 | 2015-02-04 19:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 551 | if (PerformCleanup) { |
| 552 | ApplyDebugLocation DL(CGF, Range.getEnd()); |
| 553 | ForceCleanup(); |
| 554 | } |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | } |
| 556 | |
| 557 | /// \brief Force the emission of cleanups now, instead of waiting |
| 558 | /// until this object is destroyed. |
| 559 | void ForceCleanup() { |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | CGF.CurLexicalScope = ParentScope; |
Adrian Prantl | 5d5b67c | 2013-04-01 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | RunCleanupsScope::ForceCleanup(); |
| 562 | |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | if (!Labels.empty()) |
| 564 | rescopeLabels(); |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | |
| 567 | void rescopeLabels(); |
Eric Christopher | a9d3497 | 2011-10-19 00:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | }; |
| 569 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, Address> DeclMapTy; |
| 571 | |
Alexey Bataev | 435ad7b | 2014-10-10 09:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 572 | /// \brief The scope used to remap some variables as private in the OpenMP |
| 573 | /// loop body (or other captured region emitted without outlining), and to |
| 574 | /// restore old vars back on exit. |
| 575 | class OMPPrivateScope : public RunCleanupsScope { |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | DeclMapTy SavedLocals; |
| 577 | DeclMapTy SavedPrivates; |
Alexey Bataev | 435ad7b | 2014-10-10 09:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | |
| 579 | private: |
Aaron Ballman | abc1892 | 2015-02-15 22:54:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 580 | OMPPrivateScope(const OMPPrivateScope &) = delete; |
| 581 | void operator=(const OMPPrivateScope &) = delete; |
Alexey Bataev | 435ad7b | 2014-10-10 09:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | |
| 583 | public: |
| 584 | /// \brief Enter a new OpenMP private scope. |
| 585 | explicit OMPPrivateScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF) : RunCleanupsScope(CGF) {} |
| 586 | |
| 587 | /// \brief Registers \a LocalVD variable as a private and apply \a |
| 588 | /// PrivateGen function for it to generate corresponding private variable. |
| 589 | /// \a PrivateGen returns an address of the generated private variable. |
| 590 | /// \return true if the variable is registered as private, false if it has |
| 591 | /// been privatized already. |
| 592 | bool |
| 593 | addPrivate(const VarDecl *LocalVD, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | llvm::function_ref<Address()> PrivateGen) { |
Alexey Bataev | 435ad7b | 2014-10-10 09:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 595 | assert(PerformCleanup && "adding private to dead scope"); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 596 | |
| 597 | // Only save it once. |
| 598 | if (SavedLocals.count(LocalVD)) return false; |
| 599 | |
| 600 | // Copy the existing local entry to SavedLocals. |
| 601 | auto it = CGF.LocalDeclMap.find(LocalVD); |
| 602 | if (it != CGF.LocalDeclMap.end()) { |
| 603 | SavedLocals.insert({LocalVD, it->second}); |
| 604 | } else { |
| 605 | SavedLocals.insert({LocalVD, Address::invalid()}); |
| 606 | } |
| 607 | |
| 608 | // Generate the private entry. |
| 609 | Address Addr = PrivateGen(); |
Alexey Bataev | caacd53 | 2015-09-04 11:26:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | QualType VarTy = LocalVD->getType(); |
| 611 | if (VarTy->isReferenceType()) { |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(VarTy); |
| 613 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Addr.getPointer(), Temp); |
| 614 | Addr = Temp; |
Alexey Bataev | caacd53 | 2015-09-04 11:26:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 615 | } |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | SavedPrivates.insert({LocalVD, Addr}); |
| 617 | |
Alexey Bataev | 435ad7b | 2014-10-10 09:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | return true; |
| 619 | } |
| 620 | |
| 621 | /// \brief Privatizes local variables previously registered as private. |
| 622 | /// Registration is separate from the actual privatization to allow |
| 623 | /// initializers use values of the original variables, not the private one. |
| 624 | /// This is important, for example, if the private variable is a class |
| 625 | /// variable initialized by a constructor that references other private |
| 626 | /// variables. But at initialization original variables must be used, not |
| 627 | /// private copies. |
| 628 | /// \return true if at least one variable was privatized, false otherwise. |
| 629 | bool Privatize() { |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 630 | copyInto(SavedPrivates, CGF.LocalDeclMap); |
Alexey Bataev | 435ad7b | 2014-10-10 09:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 631 | SavedPrivates.clear(); |
| 632 | return !SavedLocals.empty(); |
| 633 | } |
| 634 | |
| 635 | void ForceCleanup() { |
| 636 | RunCleanupsScope::ForceCleanup(); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 637 | copyInto(SavedLocals, CGF.LocalDeclMap); |
Alexey Bataev | 435ad7b | 2014-10-10 09:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | SavedLocals.clear(); |
| 639 | } |
| 640 | |
| 641 | /// \brief Exit scope - all the mapped variables are restored. |
Alexey Bataev | a63048e | 2015-03-23 06:18:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 642 | ~OMPPrivateScope() { |
| 643 | if (PerformCleanup) |
| 644 | ForceCleanup(); |
| 645 | } |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | |
Alexey Bataev | 4ba78a4 | 2016-04-27 07:56:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 | /// Checks if the global variable is captured in current function. |
| 648 | bool isGlobalVarCaptured(const VarDecl *VD) const { |
| 649 | return !VD->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && CGF.LocalDeclMap.count(VD) > 0; |
| 650 | } |
| 651 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 | private: |
| 653 | /// Copy all the entries in the source map over the corresponding |
| 654 | /// entries in the destination, which must exist. |
| 655 | static void copyInto(const DeclMapTy &src, DeclMapTy &dest) { |
| 656 | for (auto &pair : src) { |
| 657 | if (!pair.second.isValid()) { |
| 658 | dest.erase(pair.first); |
| 659 | continue; |
| 660 | } |
| 661 | |
| 662 | auto it = dest.find(pair.first); |
| 663 | if (it != dest.end()) { |
| 664 | it->second = pair.second; |
| 665 | } else { |
| 666 | dest.insert(pair); |
| 667 | } |
| 668 | } |
| 669 | } |
Alexey Bataev | 435ad7b | 2014-10-10 09:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | }; |
Anders Carlsson | b9fd57f | 2010-03-30 03:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | /// \brief Takes the old cleanup stack size and emits the cleanup blocks |
| 673 | /// that have been added. |
Adrian Prantl | dc237b5 | 2013-05-16 00:41:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | void PopCleanupBlocks(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator OldCleanupStackSize); |
Anders Carlsson | b9fd57f | 2010-03-30 03:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | /// \brief Takes the old cleanup stack size and emits the cleanup blocks |
| 677 | /// that have been added, then adds all lifetime-extended cleanups from |
| 678 | /// the given position to the stack. |
| 679 | void PopCleanupBlocks(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator OldCleanupStackSize, |
| 680 | size_t OldLifetimeExtendedStackSize); |
| 681 | |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | void ResolveBranchFixups(llvm::BasicBlock *Target); |
| 683 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | /// The given basic block lies in the current EH scope, but may be a |
| 685 | /// target of a potentially scope-crossing jump; get a stable handle |
| 686 | /// to which we can perform this jump later. |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | JumpDest getJumpDestInCurrentScope(llvm::BasicBlock *Target) { |
John McCall | ba80390 | 2010-07-28 01:07:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | return JumpDest(Target, |
| 689 | EHStack.getInnermostNormalCleanup(), |
| 690 | NextCleanupDestIndex++); |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | } |
Anders Carlsson | be0f76a | 2009-02-07 23:50:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | /// The given basic block lies in the current EH scope, but may be a |
| 694 | /// target of a potentially scope-crossing jump; get a stable handle |
| 695 | /// to which we can perform this jump later. |
Chris Lattner | 01cf8db | 2011-07-20 06:58:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | JumpDest getJumpDestInCurrentScope(StringRef Name = StringRef()) { |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | return getJumpDestInCurrentScope(createBasicBlock(Name)); |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | } |
| 699 | |
| 700 | /// EmitBranchThroughCleanup - Emit a branch from the current insert |
| 701 | /// block through the normal cleanup handling code (if any) and then |
| 702 | /// on to \arg Dest. |
| 703 | void EmitBranchThroughCleanup(JumpDest Dest); |
Chris Lattner | bc204c8 | 2011-04-17 00:54:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | |
Justin Bogner | e25ffdf | 2014-01-21 00:35:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | /// isObviouslyBranchWithoutCleanups - Return true if a branch to the |
| 706 | /// specified destination obviously has no cleanups to run. 'false' is always |
| 707 | /// a conservatively correct answer for this method. |
| 708 | bool isObviouslyBranchWithoutCleanups(JumpDest Dest) const; |
| 709 | |
John McCall | 8e4c74b | 2011-08-11 02:22:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | /// popCatchScope - Pops the catch scope at the top of the EHScope |
| 711 | /// stack, emitting any required code (other than the catch handlers |
| 712 | /// themselves). |
| 713 | void popCatchScope(); |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 714 | |
David Chisnall | 9a837be | 2012-11-07 16:50:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | llvm::BasicBlock *getEHResumeBlock(bool isCleanup); |
John McCall | 8e4c74b | 2011-08-11 02:22:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | llvm::BasicBlock *getEHDispatchBlock(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator scope); |
David Majnemer | dbf1045 | 2015-07-31 17:58:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | llvm::BasicBlock *getMSVCDispatchBlock(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator scope); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | /// An object to manage conditionally-evaluated expressions. |
| 720 | class ConditionalEvaluation { |
| 721 | llvm::BasicBlock *StartBB; |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | public: |
| 724 | ConditionalEvaluation(CodeGenFunction &CGF) |
| 725 | : StartBB(CGF.Builder.GetInsertBlock()) {} |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | void begin(CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
| 728 | assert(CGF.OutermostConditional != this); |
| 729 | if (!CGF.OutermostConditional) |
| 730 | CGF.OutermostConditional = this; |
| 731 | } |
| 732 | |
| 733 | void end(CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | assert(CGF.OutermostConditional != nullptr); |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | if (CGF.OutermostConditional == this) |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | CGF.OutermostConditional = nullptr; |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 737 | } |
| 738 | |
| 739 | /// Returns a block which will be executed prior to each |
| 740 | /// evaluation of the conditional code. |
| 741 | llvm::BasicBlock *getStartingBlock() const { |
| 742 | return StartBB; |
| 743 | } |
| 744 | }; |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | |
John McCall | 7f9c92a | 2010-09-17 00:50:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | /// isInConditionalBranch - Return true if we're currently emitting |
| 747 | /// one branch or the other of a conditional expression. |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | bool isInConditionalBranch() const { return OutermostConditional != nullptr; } |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | void setBeforeOutermostConditional(llvm::Value *value, Address addr) { |
John McCall | f4beacd | 2011-11-10 10:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | assert(isInConditionalBranch()); |
| 752 | llvm::BasicBlock *block = OutermostConditional->getStartingBlock(); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | auto store = new llvm::StoreInst(value, addr.getPointer(), &block->back()); |
| 754 | store->setAlignment(addr.getAlignment().getQuantity()); |
John McCall | f4beacd | 2011-11-10 10:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | } |
| 756 | |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | /// An RAII object to record that we're evaluating a statement |
| 758 | /// expression. |
| 759 | class StmtExprEvaluation { |
| 760 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 761 | |
| 762 | /// We have to save the outermost conditional: cleanups in a |
| 763 | /// statement expression aren't conditional just because the |
| 764 | /// StmtExpr is. |
| 765 | ConditionalEvaluation *SavedOutermostConditional; |
| 766 | |
| 767 | public: |
| 768 | StmtExprEvaluation(CodeGenFunction &CGF) |
| 769 | : CGF(CGF), SavedOutermostConditional(CGF.OutermostConditional) { |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 770 | CGF.OutermostConditional = nullptr; |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 771 | } |
| 772 | |
| 773 | ~StmtExprEvaluation() { |
| 774 | CGF.OutermostConditional = SavedOutermostConditional; |
| 775 | CGF.EnsureInsertPoint(); |
| 776 | } |
| 777 | }; |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | /// An object which temporarily prevents a value from being |
| 780 | /// destroyed by aggressive peephole optimizations that assume that |
| 781 | /// all uses of a value have been realized in the IR. |
| 782 | class PeepholeProtection { |
| 783 | llvm::Instruction *Inst; |
| 784 | friend class CodeGenFunction; |
| 785 | |
| 786 | public: |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 787 | PeepholeProtection() : Inst(nullptr) {} |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | }; |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | /// A non-RAII class containing all the information about a bound |
| 791 | /// opaque value. OpaqueValueMapping, below, is a RAII wrapper for |
| 792 | /// this which makes individual mappings very simple; using this |
| 793 | /// class directly is useful when you have a variable number of |
| 794 | /// opaque values or don't want the RAII functionality for some |
| 795 | /// reason. |
| 796 | class OpaqueValueMappingData { |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 797 | const OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue; |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 798 | bool BoundLValue; |
| 799 | CodeGenFunction::PeepholeProtection Protection; |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | OpaqueValueMappingData(const OpaqueValueExpr *ov, |
| 802 | bool boundLValue) |
| 803 | : OpaqueValue(ov), BoundLValue(boundLValue) {} |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 804 | public: |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 805 | OpaqueValueMappingData() : OpaqueValue(nullptr) {} |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 806 | |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | static bool shouldBindAsLValue(const Expr *expr) { |
John McCall | 9a54961 | 2011-11-08 22:54:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | // gl-values should be bound as l-values for obvious reasons. |
| 809 | // Records should be bound as l-values because IR generation |
| 810 | // always keeps them in memory. Expressions of function type |
| 811 | // act exactly like l-values but are formally required to be |
| 812 | // r-values in C. |
| 813 | return expr->isGLValue() || |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7741101 | 2014-02-14 19:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | expr->getType()->isFunctionType() || |
| 815 | hasAggregateEvaluationKind(expr->getType()); |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | } |
| 817 | |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | static OpaqueValueMappingData bind(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 819 | const OpaqueValueExpr *ov, |
| 820 | const Expr *e) { |
| 821 | if (shouldBindAsLValue(ov)) |
| 822 | return bind(CGF, ov, CGF.EmitLValue(e)); |
| 823 | return bind(CGF, ov, CGF.EmitAnyExpr(e)); |
| 824 | } |
| 825 | |
| 826 | static OpaqueValueMappingData bind(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 827 | const OpaqueValueExpr *ov, |
| 828 | const LValue &lv) { |
| 829 | assert(shouldBindAsLValue(ov)); |
| 830 | CGF.OpaqueLValues.insert(std::make_pair(ov, lv)); |
| 831 | return OpaqueValueMappingData(ov, true); |
| 832 | } |
| 833 | |
| 834 | static OpaqueValueMappingData bind(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 835 | const OpaqueValueExpr *ov, |
| 836 | const RValue &rv) { |
| 837 | assert(!shouldBindAsLValue(ov)); |
| 838 | CGF.OpaqueRValues.insert(std::make_pair(ov, rv)); |
| 839 | |
| 840 | OpaqueValueMappingData data(ov, false); |
| 841 | |
| 842 | // Work around an extremely aggressive peephole optimization in |
| 843 | // EmitScalarConversion which assumes that all other uses of a |
| 844 | // value are extant. |
| 845 | data.Protection = CGF.protectFromPeepholes(rv); |
| 846 | |
| 847 | return data; |
| 848 | } |
| 849 | |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 850 | bool isValid() const { return OpaqueValue != nullptr; } |
| 851 | void clear() { OpaqueValue = nullptr; } |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | |
| 853 | void unbind(CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
| 854 | assert(OpaqueValue && "no data to unbind!"); |
| 855 | |
| 856 | if (BoundLValue) { |
| 857 | CGF.OpaqueLValues.erase(OpaqueValue); |
| 858 | } else { |
| 859 | CGF.OpaqueRValues.erase(OpaqueValue); |
| 860 | CGF.unprotectFromPeepholes(Protection); |
| 861 | } |
| 862 | } |
| 863 | }; |
| 864 | |
| 865 | /// An RAII object to set (and then clear) a mapping for an OpaqueValueExpr. |
| 866 | class OpaqueValueMapping { |
| 867 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 868 | OpaqueValueMappingData Data; |
| 869 | |
| 870 | public: |
| 871 | static bool shouldBindAsLValue(const Expr *expr) { |
| 872 | return OpaqueValueMappingData::shouldBindAsLValue(expr); |
| 873 | } |
| 874 | |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | /// Build the opaque value mapping for the given conditional |
| 876 | /// operator if it's the GNU ?: extension. This is a common |
| 877 | /// enough pattern that the convenience operator is really |
| 878 | /// helpful. |
| 879 | /// |
| 880 | OpaqueValueMapping(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 881 | const AbstractConditionalOperator *op) : CGF(CGF) { |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(op)) |
| 883 | // Leave Data empty. |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | return; |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | |
| 886 | const BinaryConditionalOperator *e = cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(op); |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 887 | Data = OpaqueValueMappingData::bind(CGF, e->getOpaqueValue(), |
| 888 | e->getCommon()); |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | } |
| 890 | |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | OpaqueValueMapping(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 892 | const OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue, |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | LValue lvalue) |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | : CGF(CGF), Data(OpaqueValueMappingData::bind(CGF, opaqueValue, lvalue)) { |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | } |
| 896 | |
| 897 | OpaqueValueMapping(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 898 | const OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue, |
| 899 | RValue rvalue) |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | : CGF(CGF), Data(OpaqueValueMappingData::bind(CGF, opaqueValue, rvalue)) { |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | } |
| 902 | |
| 903 | void pop() { |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | Data.unbind(CGF); |
| 905 | Data.clear(); |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | } |
| 907 | |
| 908 | ~OpaqueValueMapping() { |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | if (Data.isValid()) Data.unbind(CGF); |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | } |
| 911 | }; |
Fariborz Jahanian | a3e54bd | 2010-11-16 19:29:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | |
Chris Lattner | 2da04b3 | 2007-08-24 05:35:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | private: |
Chris Lattner | 6c4d255 | 2009-10-28 23:59:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | CGDebugInfo *DebugInfo; |
Devang Patel | d6ffebb | 2011-03-07 18:45:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | bool DisableDebugInfo; |
Mike Stump | c6ea7c1 | 2009-02-17 17:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | |
John McCall | 9b382dd | 2011-05-28 21:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | /// DidCallStackSave - Whether llvm.stacksave has been called. Used to avoid |
| 918 | /// calling llvm.stacksave for multiple VLAs in the same scope. |
| 919 | bool DidCallStackSave; |
| 920 | |
Mike Stump | e5311b0 | 2009-11-30 20:08:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | /// IndirectBranch - The first time an indirect goto is seen we create a block |
| 922 | /// with an indirect branch. Every time we see the address of a label taken, |
| 923 | /// we add the label to the indirect goto. Every subsequent indirect goto is |
| 924 | /// codegen'd as a jump to the IndirectBranch's basic block. |
Chris Lattner | 6c4d255 | 2009-10-28 23:59:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | llvm::IndirectBrInst *IndirectBranch; |
Daniel Dunbar | 88402ce | 2008-08-04 16:51:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | /// LocalDeclMap - This keeps track of the LLVM allocas or globals for local C |
| 928 | /// decls. |
John McCall | 351762c | 2011-02-07 10:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | DeclMapTy LocalDeclMap; |
Chris Lattner | 84915fa | 2007-06-02 04:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 930 | |
George Burgess IV | 3e3bb95b | 2015-12-02 21:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | /// SizeArguments - If a ParmVarDecl had the pass_object_size attribute, this |
| 932 | /// will contain a mapping from said ParmVarDecl to its implicit "object_size" |
| 933 | /// parameter. |
| 934 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ParmVarDecl *, const ImplicitParamDecl *, 2> |
| 935 | SizeArguments; |
| 936 | |
Reid Kleckner | 31a1bb0 | 2015-04-08 22:23:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 937 | /// Track escaped local variables with auto storage. Used during SEH |
Reid Kleckner | 98cb8ba | 2015-07-07 22:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 938 | /// outlining to produce a call to llvm.localescape. |
Reid Kleckner | 31a1bb0 | 2015-04-08 22:23:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | llvm::DenseMap<llvm::AllocaInst *, int> EscapedLocals; |
| 940 | |
Chris Lattner | ac24820 | 2007-05-30 00:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | /// LabelMap - This keeps track of the LLVM basic block for each C label. |
Chris Lattner | c8e630e | 2011-02-17 07:39:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | llvm::DenseMap<const LabelDecl*, JumpDest> LabelMap; |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 943 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | // BreakContinueStack - This keeps track of where break and continue |
Bob Wilson | bf854f0 | 2014-02-17 19:21:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | // statements should jump to. |
Chris Lattner | e73e432 | 2007-07-16 21:28:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 946 | struct BreakContinue { |
Bob Wilson | bf854f0 | 2014-02-17 19:21:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | BreakContinue(JumpDest Break, JumpDest Continue) |
| 948 | : BreakBlock(Break), ContinueBlock(Continue) {} |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | JumpDest BreakBlock; |
| 951 | JumpDest ContinueBlock; |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 952 | }; |
Chris Lattner | 01cf8db | 2011-07-20 06:58:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | SmallVector<BreakContinue, 8> BreakContinueStack; |
Daniel Dunbar | d3dcb4f8 | 2008-09-28 01:03:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | |
Justin Bogner | ef512b9 | 2014-01-06 22:27:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | CodeGenPGO PGO; |
| 956 | |
Justin Bogner | 6551264 | 2015-05-02 05:00:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | /// Calculate branch weights appropriate for PGO data |
| 958 | llvm::MDNode *createProfileWeights(uint64_t TrueCount, uint64_t FalseCount); |
| 959 | llvm::MDNode *createProfileWeights(ArrayRef<uint64_t> Weights); |
| 960 | llvm::MDNode *createProfileWeightsForLoop(const Stmt *Cond, |
| 961 | uint64_t LoopCount); |
| 962 | |
Justin Bogner | ef512b9 | 2014-01-06 22:27:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 963 | public: |
Justin Bogner | 66242d6 | 2015-04-23 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 964 | /// Increment the profiler's counter for the given statement. |
| 965 | void incrementProfileCounter(const Stmt *S) { |
Rong Xu | 9837ef5 | 2016-02-04 18:39:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 966 | if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().hasProfileClangInstr()) |
Justin Bogner | 66242d6 | 2015-04-23 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | PGO.emitCounterIncrement(Builder, S); |
| 968 | PGO.setCurrentStmt(S); |
Justin Bogner | ef512b9 | 2014-01-06 22:27:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | } |
Justin Bogner | 66242d6 | 2015-04-23 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 | |
| 971 | /// Get the profiler's count for the given statement. |
| 972 | uint64_t getProfileCount(const Stmt *S) { |
| 973 | Optional<uint64_t> Count = PGO.getStmtCount(S); |
| 974 | if (!Count.hasValue()) |
| 975 | return 0; |
| 976 | return *Count; |
| 977 | } |
| 978 | |
| 979 | /// Set the profiler's current count. |
| 980 | void setCurrentProfileCount(uint64_t Count) { |
| 981 | PGO.setCurrentRegionCount(Count); |
| 982 | } |
| 983 | |
| 984 | /// Get the profiler's current count. This is generally the count for the most |
| 985 | /// recently incremented counter. |
| 986 | uint64_t getCurrentProfileCount() { |
| 987 | return PGO.getCurrentRegionCount(); |
| 988 | } |
| 989 | |
Justin Bogner | ef512b9 | 2014-01-06 22:27:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | private: |
| 991 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 82846ea | 2012-01-14 09:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 992 | /// SwitchInsn - This is nearest current switch instruction. It is null if |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 | /// current context is not in a switch. |
Devang Patel | da5d6bb | 2007-10-04 23:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | llvm::SwitchInst *SwitchInsn; |
Justin Bogner | ef512b9 | 2014-01-06 22:27:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | /// The branch weights of SwitchInsn when doing instrumentation based PGO. |
| 996 | SmallVector<uint64_t, 16> *SwitchWeights; |
Devang Patel | da5d6bb | 2007-10-04 23:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | /// CaseRangeBlock - This block holds if condition check for last case |
Devang Patel | 49a44f3 | 2007-10-09 17:08:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | /// statement range in current switch instruction. |
Devang Patel | 1166312 | 2007-10-08 20:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | llvm::BasicBlock *CaseRangeBlock; |
| 1001 | |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 | /// OpaqueLValues - Keeps track of the current set of opaque value |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | /// expressions. |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | llvm::DenseMap<const OpaqueValueExpr *, LValue> OpaqueLValues; |
| 1005 | llvm::DenseMap<const OpaqueValueExpr *, RValue> OpaqueRValues; |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1006 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | // VLASizeMap - This keeps track of the associated size for each VLA type. |
Eli Friedman | 04fddf0 | 2009-08-15 02:50:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | // We track this by the size expression rather than the type itself because |
| 1009 | // in certain situations, like a const qualifier applied to an VLA typedef, |
| 1010 | // multiple VLA types can share the same size expression. |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | // FIXME: Maybe this could be a stack of maps that is pushed/popped as we |
| 1012 | // enter/leave scopes. |
Eli Friedman | 04fddf0 | 2009-08-15 02:50:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | llvm::DenseMap<const Expr*, llvm::Value*> VLASizeMap; |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | /// A block containing a single 'unreachable' instruction. Created |
| 1016 | /// lazily by getUnreachableBlock(). |
| 1017 | llvm::BasicBlock *UnreachableBlock; |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 | |
Adrian Prantl | 52bf3c4 | 2013-05-03 20:11:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1019 | /// Counts of the number return expressions in the function. |
| 1020 | unsigned NumReturnExprs; |
Adrian Prantl | 3be1054 | 2013-05-02 17:30:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1021 | |
| 1022 | /// Count the number of simple (constant) return expressions in the function. |
| 1023 | unsigned NumSimpleReturnExprs; |
| 1024 | |
Adrian Prantl | 52bf3c4 | 2013-05-03 20:11:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | /// The last regular (non-return) debug location (breakpoint) in the function. |
Adrian Prantl | e83b130 | 2014-01-07 22:05:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | SourceLocation LastStopPoint; |
Adrian Prantl | 3be1054 | 2013-05-02 17:30:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | |
Richard Smith | 852c9db | 2013-04-20 22:23:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 | public: |
| 1029 | /// A scope within which we are constructing the fields of an object which |
| 1030 | /// might use a CXXDefaultInitExpr. This stashes away a 'this' value to use |
| 1031 | /// if we need to evaluate a CXXDefaultInitExpr within the evaluation. |
| 1032 | class FieldConstructionScope { |
| 1033 | public: |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1034 | FieldConstructionScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address This) |
Richard Smith | 852c9db | 2013-04-20 22:23:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | : CGF(CGF), OldCXXDefaultInitExprThis(CGF.CXXDefaultInitExprThis) { |
| 1036 | CGF.CXXDefaultInitExprThis = This; |
| 1037 | } |
| 1038 | ~FieldConstructionScope() { |
| 1039 | CGF.CXXDefaultInitExprThis = OldCXXDefaultInitExprThis; |
| 1040 | } |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | private: |
| 1043 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1044 | Address OldCXXDefaultInitExprThis; |
Richard Smith | 852c9db | 2013-04-20 22:23:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 | }; |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | /// The scope of a CXXDefaultInitExpr. Within this scope, the value of 'this' |
| 1048 | /// is overridden to be the object under construction. |
| 1049 | class CXXDefaultInitExprScope { |
| 1050 | public: |
| 1051 | CXXDefaultInitExprScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF) |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1052 | : CGF(CGF), OldCXXThisValue(CGF.CXXThisValue), |
| 1053 | OldCXXThisAlignment(CGF.CXXThisAlignment) { |
| 1054 | CGF.CXXThisValue = CGF.CXXDefaultInitExprThis.getPointer(); |
| 1055 | CGF.CXXThisAlignment = CGF.CXXDefaultInitExprThis.getAlignment(); |
Richard Smith | 852c9db | 2013-04-20 22:23:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 | } |
| 1057 | ~CXXDefaultInitExprScope() { |
| 1058 | CGF.CXXThisValue = OldCXXThisValue; |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 | CGF.CXXThisAlignment = OldCXXThisAlignment; |
Richard Smith | 852c9db | 2013-04-20 22:23:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 | } |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | public: |
| 1063 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 1064 | llvm::Value *OldCXXThisValue; |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 | CharUnits OldCXXThisAlignment; |
Richard Smith | 852c9db | 2013-04-20 22:23:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | }; |
| 1067 | |
Richard Smith | 5179eb7 | 2016-06-28 19:03:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1068 | class InlinedInheritingConstructorScope { |
| 1069 | public: |
| 1070 | InlinedInheritingConstructorScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF, GlobalDecl GD) |
| 1071 | : CGF(CGF), OldCurGD(CGF.CurGD), OldCurFuncDecl(CGF.CurFuncDecl), |
| 1072 | OldCurCodeDecl(CGF.CurCodeDecl), |
| 1073 | OldCXXABIThisDecl(CGF.CXXABIThisDecl), |
| 1074 | OldCXXABIThisValue(CGF.CXXABIThisValue), |
| 1075 | OldCXXThisValue(CGF.CXXThisValue), |
| 1076 | OldCXXABIThisAlignment(CGF.CXXABIThisAlignment), |
| 1077 | OldCXXThisAlignment(CGF.CXXThisAlignment), |
| 1078 | OldReturnValue(CGF.ReturnValue), OldFnRetTy(CGF.FnRetTy), |
| 1079 | OldCXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs( |
| 1080 | std::move(CGF.CXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs)) { |
| 1081 | CGF.CurGD = GD; |
| 1082 | CGF.CurFuncDecl = CGF.CurCodeDecl = |
| 1083 | cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(GD.getDecl()); |
| 1084 | CGF.CXXABIThisDecl = nullptr; |
| 1085 | CGF.CXXABIThisValue = nullptr; |
| 1086 | CGF.CXXThisValue = nullptr; |
| 1087 | CGF.CXXABIThisAlignment = CharUnits(); |
| 1088 | CGF.CXXThisAlignment = CharUnits(); |
| 1089 | CGF.ReturnValue = Address::invalid(); |
| 1090 | CGF.FnRetTy = QualType(); |
| 1091 | CGF.CXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs.clear(); |
| 1092 | } |
| 1093 | ~InlinedInheritingConstructorScope() { |
| 1094 | CGF.CurGD = OldCurGD; |
| 1095 | CGF.CurFuncDecl = OldCurFuncDecl; |
| 1096 | CGF.CurCodeDecl = OldCurCodeDecl; |
| 1097 | CGF.CXXABIThisDecl = OldCXXABIThisDecl; |
| 1098 | CGF.CXXABIThisValue = OldCXXABIThisValue; |
| 1099 | CGF.CXXThisValue = OldCXXThisValue; |
| 1100 | CGF.CXXABIThisAlignment = OldCXXABIThisAlignment; |
| 1101 | CGF.CXXThisAlignment = OldCXXThisAlignment; |
| 1102 | CGF.ReturnValue = OldReturnValue; |
| 1103 | CGF.FnRetTy = OldFnRetTy; |
| 1104 | CGF.CXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs = |
| 1105 | std::move(OldCXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs); |
| 1106 | } |
| 1107 | |
| 1108 | private: |
| 1109 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 1110 | GlobalDecl OldCurGD; |
| 1111 | const Decl *OldCurFuncDecl; |
| 1112 | const Decl *OldCurCodeDecl; |
| 1113 | ImplicitParamDecl *OldCXXABIThisDecl; |
| 1114 | llvm::Value *OldCXXABIThisValue; |
| 1115 | llvm::Value *OldCXXThisValue; |
| 1116 | CharUnits OldCXXABIThisAlignment; |
| 1117 | CharUnits OldCXXThisAlignment; |
| 1118 | Address OldReturnValue; |
| 1119 | QualType OldFnRetTy; |
| 1120 | CallArgList OldCXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs; |
| 1121 | }; |
| 1122 | |
Richard Smith | 852c9db | 2013-04-20 22:23:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 | private: |
Anders Carlsson | 82ba57c | 2009-11-25 03:15:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1124 | /// CXXThisDecl - When generating code for a C++ member function, |
| 1125 | /// this will hold the implicit 'this' declaration. |
Eli Friedman | 9fbeba0 | 2012-02-11 02:57:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | ImplicitParamDecl *CXXABIThisDecl; |
| 1127 | llvm::Value *CXXABIThisValue; |
John McCall | 347132b | 2010-02-16 22:04:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1128 | llvm::Value *CXXThisValue; |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 | CharUnits CXXABIThisAlignment; |
| 1130 | CharUnits CXXThisAlignment; |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | |
Richard Smith | 852c9db | 2013-04-20 22:23:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | /// The value of 'this' to use when evaluating CXXDefaultInitExprs within |
| 1133 | /// this expression. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | Address CXXDefaultInitExprThis = Address::invalid(); |
Richard Smith | 852c9db | 2013-04-20 22:23:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | |
Richard Smith | 5179eb7 | 2016-06-28 19:03:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1136 | /// The values of function arguments to use when evaluating |
| 1137 | /// CXXInheritedCtorInitExprs within this context. |
| 1138 | CallArgList CXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs; |
| 1139 | |
Timur Iskhodzhanov | ee6bc53 | 2013-02-13 08:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | /// CXXStructorImplicitParamDecl - When generating code for a constructor or |
| 1141 | /// destructor, this will hold the implicit argument (e.g. VTT). |
| 1142 | ImplicitParamDecl *CXXStructorImplicitParamDecl; |
| 1143 | llvm::Value *CXXStructorImplicitParamValue; |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 | /// OutermostConditional - Points to the outermost active |
| 1146 | /// conditional control. This is used so that we know if a |
| 1147 | /// temporary should be destroyed conditionally. |
| 1148 | ConditionalEvaluation *OutermostConditional; |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | /// The current lexical scope. |
| 1151 | LexicalScope *CurLexicalScope; |
Anders Carlsson | 0168f4b | 2009-09-12 02:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1152 | |
Adrian Prantl | dc237b5 | 2013-05-16 00:41:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 | /// The current source location that should be used for exception |
| 1154 | /// handling code. |
| 1155 | SourceLocation CurEHLocation; |
| 1156 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 | /// BlockByrefInfos - For each __block variable, contains |
| 1158 | /// information about the layout of the variable. |
| 1159 | llvm::DenseMap<const ValueDecl *, BlockByrefInfo> BlockByrefInfos; |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | llvm::BasicBlock *TerminateLandingPad; |
Mike Stump | f5cbb08 | 2009-12-10 00:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 | llvm::BasicBlock *TerminateHandler; |
Chris Lattner | f2f3870 | 2010-07-20 21:07:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 | llvm::BasicBlock *TrapBB; |
Eli Friedman | d5bc94e | 2009-12-10 02:21:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1164 | |
Tanya Lattner | bcffcdf | 2012-07-09 22:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | /// Add a kernel metadata node to the named metadata node 'opencl.kernels'. |
| 1166 | /// In the kernel metadata node, reference the kernel function and metadata |
| 1167 | /// nodes for its optional attribute qualifiers (OpenCL 1.1 6.7.2): |
Joey Gouly | aba589c | 2013-03-08 09:42:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | /// - A node for the vec_type_hint(<type>) qualifier contains string |
| 1169 | /// "vec_type_hint", an undefined value of the <type> data type, |
| 1170 | /// and a Boolean that is true if the <type> is integer and signed. |
Tanya Lattner | bcffcdf | 2012-07-09 22:06:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | /// - A node for the work_group_size_hint(X,Y,Z) qualifier contains string |
| 1172 | /// "work_group_size_hint", and three 32-bit integers X, Y and Z. |
| 1173 | /// - A node for the reqd_work_group_size(X,Y,Z) qualifier contains string |
| 1174 | /// "reqd_work_group_size", and three 32-bit integers X, Y and Z. |
| 1175 | void EmitOpenCLKernelMetadata(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 1176 | llvm::Function *Fn); |
| 1177 | |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | public: |
Fariborz Jahanian | 6362803 | 2012-06-26 16:06:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 | CodeGenFunction(CodeGenModule &cgm, bool suppressNewContext=false); |
John McCall | 08ef466 | 2011-11-10 08:15:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 | ~CodeGenFunction(); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | |
John McCall | 8ed55a5 | 2010-09-02 09:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | CodeGenTypes &getTypes() const { return CGM.getTypes(); } |
John McCall | 745ae28 | 2011-05-15 02:34:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 | ASTContext &getContext() const { return CGM.getContext(); } |
Devang Patel | d6ffebb | 2011-03-07 18:45:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | CGDebugInfo *getDebugInfo() { |
| 1185 | if (DisableDebugInfo) |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | return nullptr; |
Devang Patel | d6ffebb | 2011-03-07 18:45:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 | return DebugInfo; |
| 1188 | } |
| 1189 | void disableDebugInfo() { DisableDebugInfo = true; } |
| 1190 | void enableDebugInfo() { DisableDebugInfo = false; } |
| 1191 | |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | bool shouldUseFusedARCCalls() { |
| 1193 | return CGM.getCodeGenOpts().OptimizationLevel == 0; |
| 1194 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6db1fb8 | 2007-06-02 22:49:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | |
David Blaikie | bbafb8a | 2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return CGM.getLangOpts(); } |
John McCall | ad7c5c1 | 2011-02-08 08:22:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | |
Bill Wendling | f0724e8 | 2011-09-19 20:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | /// Returns a pointer to the function's exception object and selector slot, |
| 1199 | /// which is assigned in every landing pad. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | Address getExceptionSlot(); |
| 1201 | Address getEHSelectorSlot(); |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | |
Bill Wendling | 79a70e4 | 2011-09-15 18:57:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | /// Returns the contents of the function's exception object and selector |
| 1204 | /// slots. |
| 1205 | llvm::Value *getExceptionFromSlot(); |
| 1206 | llvm::Value *getSelectorFromSlot(); |
| 1207 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | Address getNormalCleanupDestSlot(); |
John McCall | ad5d61e | 2010-07-23 21:56:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | llvm::BasicBlock *getUnreachableBlock() { |
| 1211 | if (!UnreachableBlock) { |
| 1212 | UnreachableBlock = createBasicBlock("unreachable"); |
| 1213 | new llvm::UnreachableInst(getLLVMContext(), UnreachableBlock); |
| 1214 | } |
| 1215 | return UnreachableBlock; |
| 1216 | } |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 | llvm::BasicBlock *getInvokeDest() { |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | if (!EHStack.requiresLandingPad()) return nullptr; |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | return getInvokeDestImpl(); |
| 1221 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 1234749 | 2009-02-23 17:26:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 | |
David Majnemer | 25eb165 | 2016-03-01 19:42:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 | bool currentFunctionUsesSEHTry() const { return CurSEHParent != nullptr; } |
Reid Kleckner | e7b3f7c | 2015-02-11 00:00:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | |
John McCall | c8e0170 | 2013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | const TargetInfo &getTarget() const { return Target; } |
John McCall | ad7c5c1 | 2011-02-08 08:22:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | llvm::LLVMContext &getLLVMContext() { return CGM.getLLVMContext(); } |
Owen Anderson | ae86c19 | 2009-07-13 04:10:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 1234749 | 2009-02-23 17:26:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1228 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | // Cleanups |
| 1230 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1231 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | typedef void Destroyer(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address addr, QualType ty); |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | |
John McCall | 178360e | 2011-07-11 08:38:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | void pushIrregularPartialArrayCleanup(llvm::Value *arrayBegin, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | Address arrayEndPointer, |
John McCall | 178360e | 2011-07-11 08:38:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | QualType elementType, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | CharUnits elementAlignment, |
Peter Collingbourne | 1425b45 | 2012-01-26 03:33:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | Destroyer *destroyer); |
John McCall | 178360e | 2011-07-11 08:38:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 | void pushRegularPartialArrayCleanup(llvm::Value *arrayBegin, |
| 1240 | llvm::Value *arrayEnd, |
| 1241 | QualType elementType, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | CharUnits elementAlignment, |
Peter Collingbourne | 1425b45 | 2012-01-26 03:33:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | Destroyer *destroyer); |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | |
John McCall | 4bd0fb1 | 2011-07-12 16:41:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 | void pushDestroy(QualType::DestructionKind dtorKind, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | Address addr, QualType type); |
John McCall | 12cc42a | 2013-02-01 05:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1247 | void pushEHDestroy(QualType::DestructionKind dtorKind, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | Address addr, QualType type); |
| 1249 | void pushDestroy(CleanupKind kind, Address addr, QualType type, |
Peter Collingbourne | 1425b45 | 2012-01-26 03:33:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | Destroyer *destroyer, bool useEHCleanupForArray); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | void pushLifetimeExtendedDestroy(CleanupKind kind, Address addr, |
Richard Smith | 736a947 | 2013-06-12 20:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | QualType type, Destroyer *destroyer, |
| 1253 | bool useEHCleanupForArray); |
David Majnemer | 0c0b6d9 | 2014-10-31 20:09:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | void pushCallObjectDeleteCleanup(const FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete, |
| 1255 | llvm::Value *CompletePtr, |
| 1256 | QualType ElementType); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | void pushStackRestore(CleanupKind kind, Address SPMem); |
| 1258 | void emitDestroy(Address addr, QualType type, Destroyer *destroyer, |
John McCall | 178360e | 2011-07-11 08:38:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | bool useEHCleanupForArray); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | llvm::Function *generateDestroyHelper(Address addr, QualType type, |
Peter Collingbourne | 1425b45 | 2012-01-26 03:33:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | Destroyer *destroyer, |
David Blaikie | ebe87e1 | 2013-08-27 23:57:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | bool useEHCleanupForArray, |
| 1263 | const VarDecl *VD); |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | void emitArrayDestroy(llvm::Value *begin, llvm::Value *end, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | QualType elementType, CharUnits elementAlign, |
| 1266 | Destroyer *destroyer, |
John McCall | 97eab0a | 2011-07-13 08:09:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | bool checkZeroLength, bool useEHCleanup); |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 1425b45 | 2012-01-26 03:33:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | Destroyer *getDestroyer(QualType::DestructionKind destructionKind); |
John McCall | 4bd0fb1 | 2011-07-12 16:41:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1270 | |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | /// Determines whether an EH cleanup is required to destroy a type |
| 1272 | /// with the given destruction kind. |
| 1273 | bool needsEHCleanup(QualType::DestructionKind kind) { |
| 1274 | switch (kind) { |
| 1275 | case QualType::DK_none: |
| 1276 | return false; |
| 1277 | case QualType::DK_cxx_destructor: |
| 1278 | case QualType::DK_objc_weak_lifetime: |
David Blaikie | bbafb8a | 2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1279 | return getLangOpts().Exceptions; |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | case QualType::DK_objc_strong_lifetime: |
David Blaikie | bbafb8a | 2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 | return getLangOpts().Exceptions && |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | CGM.getCodeGenOpts().ObjCAutoRefCountExceptions; |
| 1283 | } |
| 1284 | llvm_unreachable("bad destruction kind"); |
| 1285 | } |
| 1286 | |
John McCall | 4bd0fb1 | 2011-07-12 16:41:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | CleanupKind getCleanupKind(QualType::DestructionKind kind) { |
| 1288 | return (needsEHCleanup(kind) ? NormalAndEHCleanup : NormalCleanup); |
| 1289 | } |
| 1290 | |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Daniel Dunbar | 1234749 | 2009-02-23 17:26:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | // Objective-C |
| 1293 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1294 | |
Chris Lattner | 4bd5596 | 2008-03-30 23:03:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | void GenerateObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD); |
Daniel Dunbar | 89654ee | 2008-08-26 08:29:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | |
David Blaikie | f142580 | 2015-01-14 00:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | void StartObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD, const ObjCContainerDecl *CD); |
Daniel Dunbar | 89654ee | 2008-08-26 08:29:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | /// GenerateObjCGetter - Synthesize an Objective-C property getter function. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3d8552a | 2008-12-09 20:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | void GenerateObjCGetter(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP, |
| 1301 | const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID); |
John McCall | f4528ae | 2011-09-13 03:34:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | void generateObjCGetterBody(const ObjCImplementationDecl *classImpl, |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4b501a2 | 2012-01-07 18:56:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *propImpl, |
Fariborz Jahanian | b5dd2cb | 2012-05-29 19:56:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | const ObjCMethodDecl *GetterMothodDecl, |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4b501a2 | 2012-01-07 18:56:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | llvm::Constant *AtomicHelperFn); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 302a3d4 | 2011-02-18 19:15:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 0dec1e0 | 2010-04-28 21:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | void GenerateObjCCtorDtorMethod(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP, |
| 1308 | ObjCMethodDecl *MD, bool ctor); |
Daniel Dunbar | 89654ee | 2008-08-26 08:29:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | /// GenerateObjCSetter - Synthesize an Objective-C property setter function |
| 1311 | /// for the given property. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3d8552a | 2008-12-09 20:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | void GenerateObjCSetter(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP, |
| 1313 | const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID); |
John McCall | 7f16c42 | 2011-09-10 09:17:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | void generateObjCSetterBody(const ObjCImplementationDecl *classImpl, |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7ff610b | 2012-01-06 22:33:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *propImpl, |
| 1316 | llvm::Constant *AtomicHelperFn); |
Daniel Dunbar | 89654ee | 2008-08-26 08:29:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1317 | |
Mike Stump | cb2fbcb | 2009-02-21 20:00:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1319 | // Block Bits |
| 1320 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1321 | |
John McCall | 351762c | 2011-02-07 10:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | llvm::Value *EmitBlockLiteral(const BlockExpr *); |
John McCall | 08ef466 | 2011-11-10 08:15:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 | llvm::Value *EmitBlockLiteral(const CGBlockInfo &Info); |
| 1324 | static void destroyBlockInfos(CGBlockInfo *info); |
Mike Stump | cb2fbcb | 2009-02-21 20:00:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 9b5528d | 2010-06-24 00:08:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | llvm::Function *GenerateBlockFunction(GlobalDecl GD, |
John McCall | 351762c | 2011-02-07 10:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 | const CGBlockInfo &Info, |
Eli Friedman | 2495ab0 | 2012-02-25 02:48:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | const DeclMapTy &ldm, |
| 1329 | bool IsLambdaConversionToBlock); |
Mike Stump | cb2fbcb | 2009-02-21 20:00:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 | |
John McCall | ad7c5c1 | 2011-02-08 08:22:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 | llvm::Constant *GenerateCopyHelperFunction(const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo); |
| 1332 | llvm::Constant *GenerateDestroyHelperFunction(const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo); |
Fariborz Jahanian | a08a747 | 2012-01-10 00:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | llvm::Constant *GenerateObjCAtomicSetterCopyHelperFunction( |
| 1334 | const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID); |
| 1335 | llvm::Constant *GenerateObjCAtomicGetterCopyHelperFunction( |
| 1336 | const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID); |
Eli Friedman | ec75fec | 2012-02-28 01:08:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1337 | llvm::Value *EmitBlockCopyAndAutorelease(llvm::Value *Block, QualType Ty); |
John McCall | ad7c5c1 | 2011-02-08 08:22:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1338 | |
John McCall | ad7c5c1 | 2011-02-08 08:22:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | void BuildBlockRelease(llvm::Value *DeclPtr, BlockFieldFlags flags); |
| 1340 | |
John McCall | 7306487 | 2011-03-31 01:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | class AutoVarEmission; |
| 1342 | |
| 1343 | void emitByrefStructureInit(const AutoVarEmission &emission); |
| 1344 | void enterByrefCleanup(const AutoVarEmission &emission); |
| 1345 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | void setBlockContextParameter(const ImplicitParamDecl *D, unsigned argNum, |
| 1347 | llvm::Value *ptr); |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | Address LoadBlockStruct(); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | Address GetAddrOfBlockDecl(const VarDecl *var, bool ByRef); |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | /// BuildBlockByrefAddress - Computes the location of the |
| 1353 | /// data in a variable which is declared as __block. |
| 1354 | Address emitBlockByrefAddress(Address baseAddr, const VarDecl *V, |
| 1355 | bool followForward = true); |
| 1356 | Address emitBlockByrefAddress(Address baseAddr, |
| 1357 | const BlockByrefInfo &info, |
| 1358 | bool followForward, |
| 1359 | const llvm::Twine &name); |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | const BlockByrefInfo &getBlockByrefInfo(const VarDecl *var); |
Mike Stump | 97d01d5 | 2009-03-04 03:23:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | |
Richard Smith | 5179eb7 | 2016-06-28 19:03:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1363 | QualType BuildFunctionArgList(GlobalDecl GD, FunctionArgList &Args); |
| 1364 | |
John McCall | a738c25 | 2011-03-09 04:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | void GenerateCode(GlobalDecl GD, llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 1366 | const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo); |
Adrian Prantl | 42d71b9 | 2014-04-10 23:21:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | /// \brief Emit code for the start of a function. |
| 1368 | /// \param Loc The location to be associated with the function. |
| 1369 | /// \param StartLoc The location of the function body. |
John McCall | dec348f7 | 2013-05-03 07:33:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1370 | void StartFunction(GlobalDecl GD, |
| 1371 | QualType RetTy, |
Daniel Dunbar | bc915f4 | 2008-09-09 23:14:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | llvm::Function *Fn, |
John McCall | a738c25 | 2011-03-09 04:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo, |
Daniel Dunbar | 354d278 | 2008-10-18 18:22:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | const FunctionArgList &Args, |
Adrian Prantl | 22e66b4 | 2014-04-11 01:13:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(), |
| 1376 | SourceLocation StartLoc = SourceLocation()); |
Daniel Dunbar | 5c7e393 | 2008-11-11 23:11:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | |
John McCall | b81884d | 2010-02-19 09:25:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | void EmitConstructorBody(FunctionArgList &Args); |
| 1379 | void EmitDestructorBody(FunctionArgList &Args); |
Lang Hames | bf12274 | 2013-02-17 07:22:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | void emitImplicitAssignmentOperatorBody(FunctionArgList &Args); |
Richard Smith | b47c36f | 2013-11-05 09:12:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | void EmitFunctionBody(FunctionArgList &Args, const Stmt *Body); |
Justin Bogner | 66242d6 | 2015-04-23 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | void EmitBlockWithFallThrough(llvm::BasicBlock *BB, const Stmt *S); |
John McCall | 89b12b3 | 2010-02-18 03:17:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1383 | |
Faisal Vali | 571df12 | 2013-09-29 08:45:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | void EmitForwardingCallToLambda(const CXXMethodDecl *LambdaCallOperator, |
Eli Friedman | 2495ab0 | 2012-02-25 02:48:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | CallArgList &CallArgs); |
Eli Friedman | 5a6d507 | 2012-02-16 01:37:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | void EmitLambdaToBlockPointerBody(FunctionArgList &Args); |
Eli Friedman | 2495ab0 | 2012-02-25 02:48:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | void EmitLambdaBlockInvokeBody(); |
Douglas Gregor | 355efbb | 2012-02-17 03:02:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | void EmitLambdaDelegatingInvokeBody(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 1389 | void EmitLambdaStaticInvokeFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
Kostya Serebryany | 293dc9b | 2014-10-16 20:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | void EmitAsanPrologueOrEpilogue(bool Prologue); |
Eli Friedman | 5a6d507 | 2012-02-16 01:37:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 | |
David Blaikie | a0a1a87 | 2015-01-18 02:48:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 | /// \brief Emit the unified return block, trying to avoid its emission when |
| 1393 | /// possible. |
| 1394 | /// \return The debug location of the user written return statement if the |
| 1395 | /// return block is is avoided. |
David Blaikie | 66e4197 | 2015-01-14 07:38:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | llvm::DebugLoc EmitReturnBlock(); |
Daniel Dunbar | fd346a3 | 2009-01-26 23:27:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | /// FinishFunction - Complete IR generation of the current function. It is |
| 1399 | /// legal to call this function even if there is no current insertion point. |
Daniel Dunbar | 89654ee | 2008-08-26 08:29:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | void FinishFunction(SourceLocation EndLoc=SourceLocation()); |
Daniel Dunbar | 613855c | 2008-09-09 23:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | |
Nico Weber | 1bebad1 | 2015-02-11 22:33:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | void StartThunk(llvm::Function *Fn, GlobalDecl GD, |
| 1403 | const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo); |
Hans Wennborg | 88497d6 | 2013-11-15 17:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | |
Reid Kleckner | 3f76ac7 | 2014-07-26 01:30:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | void EmitCallAndReturnForThunk(llvm::Value *Callee, const ThunkInfo *Thunk); |
Hans Wennborg | 88497d6 | 2013-11-15 17:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | void FinishThunk(); |
| 1408 | |
Reid Kleckner | ab2090d | 2014-07-26 01:34:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | /// Emit a musttail call for a thunk with a potentially adjusted this pointer. |
| 1410 | void EmitMustTailThunk(const CXXMethodDecl *MD, llvm::Value *AdjustedThisPtr, |
| 1411 | llvm::Value *Callee); |
| 1412 | |
Rafael Espindola | d6e6694 | 2015-07-13 06:07:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | /// Generate a thunk for the given method. |
| 1414 | void generateThunk(llvm::Function *Fn, const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo, |
John McCall | a738c25 | 2011-03-09 04:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | GlobalDecl GD, const ThunkInfo &Thunk); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | |
Peter Collingbourne | e286b0e | 2015-06-30 22:08:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | llvm::Function *GenerateVarArgsThunk(llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 1418 | const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo, |
| 1419 | GlobalDecl GD, const ThunkInfo &Thunk); |
Eli Friedman | 49a94b1 | 2011-05-06 17:27:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | |
Douglas Gregor | 94f9a48 | 2010-05-05 05:51:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | void EmitCtorPrologue(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD, CXXCtorType Type, |
| 1422 | FunctionArgList &Args); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1423 | |
Eli Friedman | 5f1a04f | 2012-02-14 02:31:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | void EmitInitializerForField(FieldDecl *Field, LValue LHS, Expr *Init, |
David Blaikie | 66e4197 | 2015-01-14 07:38:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1425 | ArrayRef<VarDecl *> ArrayIndexes); |
Eli Friedman | 5f1a04f | 2012-02-14 02:31:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | |
Piotr Padlewski | d679d7e | 2015-09-15 00:37:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | /// Struct with all informations about dynamic [sub]class needed to set vptr. |
| 1428 | struct VPtr { |
| 1429 | BaseSubobject Base; |
| 1430 | const CXXRecordDecl *NearestVBase; |
| 1431 | CharUnits OffsetFromNearestVBase; |
| 1432 | const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass; |
| 1433 | }; |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | /// Initialize the vtable pointer of the given subobject. |
| 1436 | void InitializeVTablePointer(const VPtr &vptr); |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<VPtr, 4> VPtrsVector; |
Anders Carlsson | e87fae9 | 2010-03-28 19:40:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1439 | |
| 1440 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl *, 4> VisitedVirtualBasesSetTy; |
Piotr Padlewski | d679d7e | 2015-09-15 00:37:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 | VPtrsVector getVTablePointers(const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass); |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | void getVTablePointers(BaseSubobject Base, const CXXRecordDecl *NearestVBase, |
| 1444 | CharUnits OffsetFromNearestVBase, |
| 1445 | bool BaseIsNonVirtualPrimaryBase, |
| 1446 | const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass, |
| 1447 | VisitedVirtualBasesSetTy &VBases, VPtrsVector &vptrs); |
Eli Friedman | bb5008a | 2009-12-08 06:46:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 | |
Anders Carlsson | d589593 | 2010-03-28 21:07:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | void InitializeVTablePointers(const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
Anders Carlsson | e87fae9 | 2010-03-28 19:40:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | |
Dan Gohman | 8fc50c2 | 2010-10-26 18:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1451 | /// GetVTablePtr - Return the Value of the vtable pointer member pointed |
| 1452 | /// to by This. |
Piotr Padlewski | 4b1ac72 | 2015-09-15 21:46:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | llvm::Value *GetVTablePtr(Address This, llvm::Type *VTableTy, |
| 1454 | const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass); |
Anders Carlsson | e87fae9 | 2010-03-28 19:40:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 6708c4a | 2015-06-19 01:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | enum CFITypeCheckKind { |
| 1457 | CFITCK_VCall, |
| 1458 | CFITCK_NVCall, |
| 1459 | CFITCK_DerivedCast, |
| 1460 | CFITCK_UnrelatedCast, |
Evgeniy Stepanov | 3fd61df | 2016-01-25 23:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | CFITCK_ICall, |
Peter Collingbourne | 6708c4a | 2015-06-19 01:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | }; |
| 1463 | |
Peter Collingbourne | d2926c9 | 2015-03-14 02:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 | /// \brief Derived is the presumed address of an object of type T after a |
| 1465 | /// cast. If T is a polymorphic class type, emit a check that the virtual |
| 1466 | /// table for Derived belongs to a class derived from T. |
| 1467 | void EmitVTablePtrCheckForCast(QualType T, llvm::Value *Derived, |
Peter Collingbourne | 6708c4a | 2015-06-19 01:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 | bool MayBeNull, CFITypeCheckKind TCK, |
| 1469 | SourceLocation Loc); |
Peter Collingbourne | d2926c9 | 2015-03-14 02:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | |
Peter Collingbourne | a4ccff3 | 2015-02-20 20:30:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | /// EmitVTablePtrCheckForCall - Virtual method MD is being called via VTable. |
| 1472 | /// If vptr CFI is enabled, emit a check that VTable is valid. |
Peter Collingbourne | fb532b9 | 2016-02-24 20:46:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 | void EmitVTablePtrCheckForCall(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::Value *VTable, |
Peter Collingbourne | 6708c4a | 2015-06-19 01:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | CFITypeCheckKind TCK, SourceLocation Loc); |
Benjamin Kramer | 7463ed7 | 2013-08-25 22:46:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 | |
Peter Collingbourne | d2926c9 | 2015-03-14 02:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | /// EmitVTablePtrCheck - Emit a check that VTable is a valid virtual table for |
Peter Collingbourne | 8dd14da | 2016-06-24 21:21:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | /// RD using llvm.type.test. |
Peter Collingbourne | 6708c4a | 2015-06-19 01:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | void EmitVTablePtrCheck(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::Value *VTable, |
| 1479 | CFITypeCheckKind TCK, SourceLocation Loc); |
Peter Collingbourne | d2926c9 | 2015-03-14 02:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | |
Peter Collingbourne | fb532b9 | 2016-02-24 20:46:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | /// If whole-program virtual table optimization is enabled, emit an assumption |
Peter Collingbourne | 8dd14da | 2016-06-24 21:21:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1482 | /// that VTable is a member of RD's type identifier. Or, if vptr CFI is |
| 1483 | /// enabled, emit a check that VTable is a member of RD's type identifier. |
| 1484 | void EmitTypeMetadataCodeForVCall(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 1485 | llvm::Value *VTable, SourceLocation Loc); |
Peter Collingbourne | fb532b9 | 2016-02-24 20:46:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 0ca0363 | 2016-06-25 00:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 | /// Returns whether we should perform a type checked load when loading a |
| 1488 | /// virtual function for virtual calls to members of RD. This is generally |
| 1489 | /// true when both vcall CFI and whole-program-vtables are enabled. |
| 1490 | bool ShouldEmitVTableTypeCheckedLoad(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | /// Emit a type checked load from the given vtable. |
| 1493 | llvm::Value *EmitVTableTypeCheckedLoad(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::Value *VTable, |
| 1494 | uint64_t VTableByteOffset); |
| 1495 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 7463ed7 | 2013-08-25 22:46:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | /// CanDevirtualizeMemberFunctionCalls - Checks whether virtual calls on given |
| 1497 | /// expr can be devirtualized. |
| 1498 | bool CanDevirtualizeMemberFunctionCall(const Expr *Base, |
| 1499 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 1500 | |
John McCall | f99a631 | 2010-07-21 05:30:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | /// EnterDtorCleanups - Enter the cleanups necessary to complete the |
| 1502 | /// given phase of destruction for a destructor. The end result |
| 1503 | /// should call destructors on members and base classes in reverse |
| 1504 | /// order of their construction. |
| 1505 | void EnterDtorCleanups(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, CXXDtorType Type); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | |
Chris Lattner | 3c77a35 | 2010-06-22 00:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1507 | /// ShouldInstrumentFunction - Return true if the current function should be |
| 1508 | /// instrumented with __cyg_profile_func_* calls |
| 1509 | bool ShouldInstrumentFunction(); |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | /// EmitFunctionInstrumentation - Emit LLVM code to call the specified |
| 1512 | /// instrumentation function with the current function and the call site, if |
| 1513 | /// function instrumentation is enabled. |
| 1514 | void EmitFunctionInstrumentation(const char *Fn); |
| 1515 | |
Roman Divacky | 178e0160 | 2011-02-10 16:52:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | /// EmitMCountInstrumentation - Emit call to .mcount. |
| 1517 | void EmitMCountInstrumentation(); |
| 1518 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1519 | /// EmitFunctionProlog - Emit the target specific LLVM code to load the |
| 1520 | /// arguments for the given function. This is also responsible for naming the |
| 1521 | /// LLVM function arguments. |
Daniel Dunbar | d931a87 | 2009-02-02 22:03:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1522 | void EmitFunctionProlog(const CGFunctionInfo &FI, |
| 1523 | llvm::Function *Fn, |
Daniel Dunbar | 613855c | 2008-09-09 23:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | const FunctionArgList &Args); |
| 1525 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | /// EmitFunctionEpilog - Emit the target specific LLVM code to return the |
| 1527 | /// given temporary. |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | void EmitFunctionEpilog(const CGFunctionInfo &FI, bool EmitRetDbgLoc, |
| 1529 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
Daniel Dunbar | 613855c | 2008-09-09 23:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | |
Mike Stump | 1d84921 | 2009-12-07 23:38:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | /// EmitStartEHSpec - Emit the start of the exception spec. |
| 1532 | void EmitStartEHSpec(const Decl *D); |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | /// EmitEndEHSpec - Emit the end of the exception spec. |
| 1535 | void EmitEndEHSpec(const Decl *D); |
| 1536 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | /// getTerminateLandingPad - Return a landing pad that just calls terminate. |
| 1538 | llvm::BasicBlock *getTerminateLandingPad(); |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | /// getTerminateHandler - Return a handler (not a landing pad, just |
| 1541 | /// a catch handler) that just calls terminate. This is used when |
| 1542 | /// a terminate scope encloses a try. |
Mike Stump | 2b48887 | 2009-12-09 22:59:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 | llvm::BasicBlock *getTerminateHandler(); |
| 1544 | |
Chris Lattner | a5f58b0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | llvm::Type *ConvertTypeForMem(QualType T); |
| 1546 | llvm::Type *ConvertType(QualType T); |
| 1547 | llvm::Type *ConvertType(const TypeDecl *T) { |
John McCall | 6ce7472 | 2010-02-16 04:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | return ConvertType(getContext().getTypeDeclType(T)); |
| 1549 | } |
Chris Lattner | 5506f8c | 2008-04-04 04:07:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 | /// LoadObjCSelf - Load the value of self. This function is only valid while |
| 1552 | /// generating code for an Objective-C method. |
Chris Lattner | 5506f8c | 2008-04-04 04:07:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1553 | llvm::Value *LoadObjCSelf(); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1554 | |
| 1555 | /// TypeOfSelfObject - Return type of object that this self represents. |
Fariborz Jahanian | c88a70d | 2009-02-03 00:09:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1556 | QualType TypeOfSelfObject(); |
Chris Lattner | 5696e7b | 2008-06-17 18:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | |
Chris Lattner | 54fb19e | 2007-06-22 22:02:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | /// hasAggregateLLVMType - Return true if the specified AST type will map into |
| 1559 | /// an aggregate LLVM type or is void. |
John McCall | 47fb950 | 2013-03-07 21:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | static TypeEvaluationKind getEvaluationKind(QualType T); |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 | static bool hasScalarEvaluationKind(QualType T) { |
| 1563 | return getEvaluationKind(T) == TEK_Scalar; |
| 1564 | } |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 | static bool hasAggregateEvaluationKind(QualType T) { |
| 1567 | return getEvaluationKind(T) == TEK_Aggregate; |
| 1568 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 75283ff | 2008-11-11 02:29:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | |
| 1570 | /// createBasicBlock - Create an LLVM basic block. |
Richard Smith | e30752c | 2012-10-09 19:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | llvm::BasicBlock *createBasicBlock(const Twine &name = "", |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 | llvm::Function *parent = nullptr, |
| 1573 | llvm::BasicBlock *before = nullptr) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 851eec1 | 2008-11-12 00:01:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1574 | #ifdef NDEBUG |
John McCall | ad7c5c1 | 2011-02-08 08:22:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1575 | return llvm::BasicBlock::Create(getLLVMContext(), "", parent, before); |
Daniel Dunbar | 851eec1 | 2008-11-12 00:01:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | #else |
John McCall | ad7c5c1 | 2011-02-08 08:22:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | return llvm::BasicBlock::Create(getLLVMContext(), name, parent, before); |
Daniel Dunbar | 851eec1 | 2008-11-12 00:01:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | #endif |
Daniel Dunbar | 75283ff | 2008-11-11 02:29:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | } |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | |
Chris Lattner | ac24820 | 2007-05-30 00:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | /// getBasicBlockForLabel - Return the LLVM basicblock that the specified |
| 1582 | /// label maps to. |
Chris Lattner | c8e630e | 2011-02-17 07:39:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | JumpDest getJumpDestForLabel(const LabelDecl *S); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | |
Mike Stump | e5311b0 | 2009-11-30 20:08:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 | /// SimplifyForwardingBlocks - If the given basic block is only a branch to |
| 1586 | /// another basic block, simplify it. This assumes that no other code could |
| 1587 | /// potentially reference the basic block. |
Daniel Dunbar | f77e292 | 2009-04-01 04:37:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | void SimplifyForwardingBlocks(llvm::BasicBlock *BB); |
| 1589 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | /// EmitBlock - Emit the given block \arg BB and set it as the insert point, |
| 1591 | /// adding a fall-through branch from the current insert block if |
| 1592 | /// necessary. It is legal to call this function even if there is no current |
| 1593 | /// insertion point. |
Daniel Dunbar | fcac22e | 2008-11-13 01:24:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | /// |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | /// IsFinished - If true, indicates that the caller has finished emitting |
| 1596 | /// branches to the given block and does not expect to emit code into it. This |
| 1597 | /// means the block can be ignored if it is unreachable. |
Daniel Dunbar | fcac22e | 2008-11-13 01:24:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 | void EmitBlock(llvm::BasicBlock *BB, bool IsFinished=false); |
Daniel Dunbar | 29ac59f | 2008-11-11 04:34:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | |
John McCall | 8e4c74b | 2011-08-11 02:22:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1600 | /// EmitBlockAfterUses - Emit the given block somewhere hopefully |
| 1601 | /// near its uses, and leave the insertion point in it. |
| 1602 | void EmitBlockAfterUses(llvm::BasicBlock *BB); |
| 1603 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | /// EmitBranch - Emit a branch to the specified basic block from the current |
| 1605 | /// insert block, taking care to avoid creation of branches from dummy |
| 1606 | /// blocks. It is legal to call this function even if there is no current |
| 1607 | /// insertion point. |
Daniel Dunbar | ab197eb | 2008-11-11 22:06:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | /// |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1609 | /// This function clears the current insertion point. The caller should follow |
| 1610 | /// calls to this function with calls to Emit*Block prior to generation new |
| 1611 | /// code. |
Daniel Dunbar | c56e676 | 2008-11-11 09:41:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 | void EmitBranch(llvm::BasicBlock *Block); |
| 1613 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1614 | /// HaveInsertPoint - True if an insertion point is defined. If not, this |
| 1615 | /// indicates that the current code being emitted is unreachable. |
| 1616 | bool HaveInsertPoint() const { |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | return Builder.GetInsertBlock() != nullptr; |
Daniel Dunbar | 5c7e393 | 2008-11-11 23:11:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | } |
| 1619 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | /// EnsureInsertPoint - Ensure that an insertion point is defined so that |
| 1621 | /// emitted IR has a place to go. Note that by definition, if this function |
| 1622 | /// creates a block then that block is unreachable; callers may do better to |
| 1623 | /// detect when no insertion point is defined and simply skip IR generation. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5c7e393 | 2008-11-11 23:11:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 | void EnsureInsertPoint() { |
| 1625 | if (!HaveInsertPoint()) |
| 1626 | EmitBlock(createBasicBlock()); |
| 1627 | } |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | |
Daniel Dunbar | a7c8cf6 | 2008-08-16 00:56:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | /// ErrorUnsupported - Print out an error that codegen doesn't support the |
Chris Lattner | fc94434 | 2007-12-02 01:43:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | /// specified stmt yet. |
David Blaikie | 4a9ec7b | 2013-08-19 21:02:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1631 | void ErrorUnsupported(const Stmt *S, const char *Type); |
Chris Lattner | 84915fa | 2007-06-02 04:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1632 | |
Chris Lattner | e9a6453 | 2007-06-22 21:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1633 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1634 | // Helpers |
| 1635 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 | LValue MakeAddrLValue(Address Addr, QualType T, |
| 1638 | AlignmentSource AlignSource = AlignmentSource::Type) { |
| 1639 | return LValue::MakeAddr(Addr, T, getContext(), AlignSource, |
Dan Gohman | 947c9af | 2010-10-14 23:06:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | CGM.getTBAAInfo(T)); |
Daniel Dunbar | 93b00a9 | 2010-08-21 02:53:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 | } |
John McCall | 4e8ca4f | 2012-07-02 23:58:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | LValue MakeAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T, CharUnits Alignment, |
| 1644 | AlignmentSource AlignSource = AlignmentSource::Type) { |
| 1645 | return LValue::MakeAddr(Address(V, Alignment), T, getContext(), |
| 1646 | AlignSource, CGM.getTBAAInfo(T)); |
| 1647 | } |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 | LValue MakeNaturalAlignPointeeAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T); |
David Majnemer | 9928106 | 2014-09-18 22:05:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1650 | LValue MakeNaturalAlignAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1651 | CharUnits getNaturalTypeAlignment(QualType T, |
| 1652 | AlignmentSource *Source = nullptr, |
| 1653 | bool forPointeeType = false); |
| 1654 | CharUnits getNaturalPointeeTypeAlignment(QualType T, |
| 1655 | AlignmentSource *Source = nullptr); |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | Address EmitLoadOfReference(Address Ref, const ReferenceType *RefTy, |
| 1658 | AlignmentSource *Source = nullptr); |
| 1659 | LValue EmitLoadOfReferenceLValue(Address Ref, const ReferenceType *RefTy); |
Daniel Dunbar | 93b00a9 | 2010-08-21 02:53:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 | |
Alexey Bataev | 31300ed | 2016-02-04 11:27:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1661 | Address EmitLoadOfPointer(Address Ptr, const PointerType *PtrTy, |
| 1662 | AlignmentSource *Source = nullptr); |
| 1663 | LValue EmitLoadOfPointerLValue(Address Ptr, const PointerType *PtrTy); |
| 1664 | |
Chris Lattner | e9a6453 | 2007-06-22 21:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1665 | /// CreateTempAlloca - This creates a alloca and inserts it into the entry |
Daniel Dunbar | a7566f1 | 2010-02-09 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | /// block. The caller is responsible for setting an appropriate alignment on |
| 1667 | /// the alloca. |
Chris Lattner | 2192fe5 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1668 | llvm::AllocaInst *CreateTempAlloca(llvm::Type *Ty, |
Chris Lattner | 62ff6e8 | 2011-07-20 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1669 | const Twine &Name = "tmp"); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | Address CreateTempAlloca(llvm::Type *Ty, CharUnits align, |
| 1671 | const Twine &Name = "tmp"); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1672 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1673 | /// CreateDefaultAlignedTempAlloca - This creates an alloca with the |
| 1674 | /// default ABI alignment of the given LLVM type. |
| 1675 | /// |
| 1676 | /// IMPORTANT NOTE: This is *not* generally the right alignment for |
| 1677 | /// any given AST type that happens to have been lowered to the |
| 1678 | /// given IR type. This should only ever be used for function-local, |
| 1679 | /// IR-driven manipulations like saving and restoring a value. Do |
| 1680 | /// not hand this address off to arbitrary IRGen routines, and especially |
| 1681 | /// do not pass it as an argument to a function that might expect a |
| 1682 | /// properly ABI-aligned value. |
| 1683 | Address CreateDefaultAlignTempAlloca(llvm::Type *Ty, |
| 1684 | const Twine &Name = "tmp"); |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | /// InitTempAlloca - Provide an initial value for the given alloca which |
| 1687 | /// will be observable at all locations in the function. |
| 1688 | /// |
| 1689 | /// The address should be something that was returned from one of |
| 1690 | /// the CreateTempAlloca or CreateMemTemp routines, and the |
| 1691 | /// initializer must be valid in the entry block (i.e. it must |
| 1692 | /// either be a constant or an argument value). |
| 1693 | void InitTempAlloca(Address Alloca, llvm::Value *Value); |
John McCall | 2e6567a | 2010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | |
Daniel Dunbar | d004918 | 2010-02-16 19:44:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 | /// CreateIRTemp - Create a temporary IR object of the given type, with |
| 1696 | /// appropriate alignment. This routine should only be used when an temporary |
| 1697 | /// value needs to be stored into an alloca (for example, to avoid explicit |
| 1698 | /// PHI construction), but the type is the IR type, not the type appropriate |
| 1699 | /// for storing in memory. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | /// |
| 1701 | /// That is, this is exactly equivalent to CreateMemTemp, but calling |
| 1702 | /// ConvertType instead of ConvertTypeForMem. |
| 1703 | Address CreateIRTemp(QualType T, const Twine &Name = "tmp"); |
Daniel Dunbar | d004918 | 2010-02-16 19:44:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | |
Daniel Dunbar | a7566f1 | 2010-02-09 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | /// CreateMemTemp - Create a temporary memory object of the given type, with |
| 1706 | /// appropriate alignment. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | Address CreateMemTemp(QualType T, const Twine &Name = "tmp"); |
| 1708 | Address CreateMemTemp(QualType T, CharUnits Align, const Twine &Name = "tmp"); |
Daniel Dunbar | a7566f1 | 2010-02-09 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | |
John McCall | 7a626f6 | 2010-09-15 10:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1710 | /// CreateAggTemp - Create a temporary memory object for the given |
| 1711 | /// aggregate type. |
Chris Lattner | 62ff6e8 | 2011-07-20 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 | AggValueSlot CreateAggTemp(QualType T, const Twine &Name = "tmp") { |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 | return AggValueSlot::forAddr(CreateMemTemp(T, Name), |
Eli Friedman | c1d85b9 | 2011-12-03 00:54:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | T.getQualifiers(), |
John McCall | 8d6fc95 | 2011-08-25 20:40:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 | AggValueSlot::IsNotDestructed, |
John McCall | a5efa73 | 2011-08-25 23:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | AggValueSlot::DoesNotNeedGCBarriers, |
Chad Rosier | 615ed1a | 2012-03-29 17:37:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | AggValueSlot::IsNotAliased); |
John McCall | 7a626f6 | 2010-09-15 10:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | } |
| 1719 | |
John McCall | ad7c5c1 | 2011-02-08 08:22:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 | /// Emit a cast to void* in the appropriate address space. |
| 1721 | llvm::Value *EmitCastToVoidPtr(llvm::Value *value); |
| 1722 | |
Chris Lattner | 8394d79 | 2007-06-05 20:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1723 | /// EvaluateExprAsBool - Perform the usual unary conversions on the specified |
| 1724 | /// expression and compare the result against zero, returning an Int1Ty value. |
Chris Lattner | 23b7eb6 | 2007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | llvm::Value *EvaluateExprAsBool(const Expr *E); |
Chris Lattner | e9a6453 | 2007-06-22 21:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | |
John McCall | a2342eb | 2010-12-05 02:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | /// EmitIgnoredExpr - Emit an expression in a context which ignores the result. |
| 1728 | void EmitIgnoredExpr(const Expr *E); |
| 1729 | |
Chris Lattner | 4647a21 | 2007-08-31 22:49:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1730 | /// EmitAnyExpr - Emit code to compute the specified expression which can have |
| 1731 | /// any type. The result is returned as an RValue struct. If this is an |
| 1732 | /// aggregate expression, the aggloc/agglocvolatile arguments indicate where |
| 1733 | /// the result should be returned. |
Mike Stump | ec3cbfe | 2009-05-26 22:03:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 | /// |
Dmitri Gribenko | adba9be | 2012-08-23 17:58:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1735 | /// \param ignoreResult True if the resulting value isn't used. |
John McCall | 7a626f6 | 2010-09-15 10:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 | RValue EmitAnyExpr(const Expr *E, |
John McCall | 4e8ca4f | 2012-07-02 23:58:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1737 | AggValueSlot aggSlot = AggValueSlot::ignored(), |
| 1738 | bool ignoreResult = false); |
Devang Patel | 8ec4f83 | 2007-09-28 21:49:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | // EmitVAListRef - Emit a "reference" to a va_list; this is either the address |
| 1741 | // or the value of the expression, depending on how va_list is defined. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | Address EmitVAListRef(const Expr *E); |
Eli Friedman | ddea0ad | 2009-01-20 17:46:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | |
Charles Davis | c7d5c94 | 2015-09-17 20:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | /// Emit a "reference" to a __builtin_ms_va_list; this is |
| 1745 | /// always the value of the expression, because a __builtin_ms_va_list is a |
| 1746 | /// pointer to a char. |
| 1747 | Address EmitMSVAListRef(const Expr *E); |
| 1748 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | /// EmitAnyExprToTemp - Similary to EmitAnyExpr(), however, the result will |
| 1750 | /// always be accessible even if no aggregate location is provided. |
John McCall | 7a626f6 | 2010-09-15 10:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | RValue EmitAnyExprToTemp(const Expr *E); |
Daniel Dunbar | 41cf9de | 2008-09-09 01:06:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | |
John McCall | 91ca10f | 2011-03-08 09:11:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | /// EmitAnyExprToMem - Emits the code necessary to evaluate an |
Chad Rosier | 615ed1a | 2012-03-29 17:37:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 | /// arbitrary expression into the given memory location. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1755 | void EmitAnyExprToMem(const Expr *E, Address Location, |
Chad Rosier | 615ed1a | 2012-03-29 17:37:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 | Qualifiers Quals, bool IsInitializer); |
John McCall | 2188696 | 2010-04-21 10:05:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | void EmitAnyExprToExn(const Expr *E, Address Addr); |
David Majnemer | 7c23707 | 2015-03-05 00:46:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | |
John McCall | 91ca10f | 2011-03-08 09:11:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 | /// EmitExprAsInit - Emits the code necessary to initialize a |
| 1761 | /// location in memory with the given initializer. |
David Blaikie | 73ca569 | 2014-12-09 00:32:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 | void EmitExprAsInit(const Expr *init, const ValueDecl *D, LValue lvalue, |
David Blaikie | 66e4197 | 2015-01-14 07:38:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 | bool capturedByInit); |
John McCall | 91ca10f | 2011-03-08 09:11:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7865220 | 2013-01-25 23:57:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | /// hasVolatileMember - returns true if aggregate type has a volatile |
| 1766 | /// member. |
| 1767 | bool hasVolatileMember(QualType T) { |
| 1768 | if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| 1769 | const RecordDecl *RD = cast<RecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); |
| 1770 | return RD->hasVolatileMember(); |
| 1771 | } |
| 1772 | return false; |
| 1773 | } |
Arnaud A. de Grandmaison | 49c0446 | 2013-02-05 09:06:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 | /// EmitAggregateCopy - Emit an aggregate assignment. |
Benjamin Kramer | 1ca6691 | 2012-09-30 12:43:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 | /// |
| 1776 | /// The difference to EmitAggregateCopy is that tail padding is not copied. |
| 1777 | /// This is required for correctness when assigning non-POD structures in C++. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1778 | void EmitAggregateAssign(Address DestPtr, Address SrcPtr, |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7865220 | 2013-01-25 23:57:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | QualType EltTy) { |
| 1780 | bool IsVolatile = hasVolatileMember(EltTy); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | EmitAggregateCopy(DestPtr, SrcPtr, EltTy, IsVolatile, true); |
Benjamin Kramer | 1ca6691 | 2012-09-30 12:43:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | } |
| 1783 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | void EmitAggregateCopyCtor(Address DestPtr, Address SrcPtr, |
| 1785 | QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) { |
David Majnemer | fd1e739 | 2015-02-03 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | EmitAggregateCopy(DestPtr, SrcPtr, SrcTy, /*IsVolatile=*/false, |
David Majnemer | fd1e739 | 2015-02-03 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 | /*IsAssignment=*/false); |
| 1788 | } |
| 1789 | |
Arnaud A. de Grandmaison | 49c0446 | 2013-02-05 09:06:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1790 | /// EmitAggregateCopy - Emit an aggregate copy. |
Mike Stump | 5e9e61b | 2009-05-23 22:29:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | /// |
Sylvestre Ledru | 33b5baf | 2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | /// \param isVolatile - True iff either the source or the destination is |
Mike Stump | 5e9e61b | 2009-05-23 22:29:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | /// volatile. |
Benjamin Kramer | 1ca6691 | 2012-09-30 12:43:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | /// \param isAssignment - If false, allow padding to be copied. This often |
| 1795 | /// yields more efficient. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 | void EmitAggregateCopy(Address DestPtr, Address SrcPtr, |
Eli Friedman | 6d694a3 | 2011-12-05 22:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | QualType EltTy, bool isVolatile=false, |
Benjamin Kramer | 1ca6691 | 2012-09-30 12:43:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | bool isAssignment = false); |
Daniel Dunbar | 0bc8e86 | 2008-09-09 20:49:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | |
Anders Carlsson | 9396a89 | 2008-09-11 09:15:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | /// GetAddrOfLocalVar - Return the address of a local variable. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 | Address GetAddrOfLocalVar(const VarDecl *VD) { |
| 1802 | auto it = LocalDeclMap.find(VD); |
| 1803 | assert(it != LocalDeclMap.end() && |
| 1804 | "Invalid argument to GetAddrOfLocalVar(), no decl!"); |
| 1805 | return it->second; |
John McCall | 5d865c32 | 2010-08-31 07:33:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 | } |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1807 | |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | /// getOpaqueLValueMapping - Given an opaque value expression (which |
| 1809 | /// must be mapped to an l-value), return its mapping. |
| 1810 | const LValue &getOpaqueLValueMapping(const OpaqueValueExpr *e) { |
| 1811 | assert(OpaqueValueMapping::shouldBindAsLValue(e)); |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | llvm::DenseMap<const OpaqueValueExpr*,LValue>::iterator |
| 1814 | it = OpaqueLValues.find(e); |
| 1815 | assert(it != OpaqueLValues.end() && "no mapping for opaque value!"); |
| 1816 | return it->second; |
| 1817 | } |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | /// getOpaqueRValueMapping - Given an opaque value expression (which |
| 1820 | /// must be mapped to an r-value), return its mapping. |
| 1821 | const RValue &getOpaqueRValueMapping(const OpaqueValueExpr *e) { |
| 1822 | assert(!OpaqueValueMapping::shouldBindAsLValue(e)); |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 | llvm::DenseMap<const OpaqueValueExpr*,RValue>::iterator |
| 1825 | it = OpaqueRValues.find(e); |
| 1826 | assert(it != OpaqueRValues.end() && "no mapping for opaque value!"); |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | return it->second; |
| 1828 | } |
| 1829 | |
Dan Gohman | 75d69da | 2008-05-22 00:50:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1830 | /// getAccessedFieldNo - Given an encoded value and a result number, return |
| 1831 | /// the input field number being accessed. |
| 1832 | static unsigned getAccessedFieldNo(unsigned Idx, const llvm::Constant *Elts); |
| 1833 | |
Chris Lattner | c8e630e | 2011-02-17 07:39:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | llvm::BlockAddress *GetAddrOfLabel(const LabelDecl *L); |
Chris Lattner | 2bb5cb4 | 2009-10-13 06:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1835 | llvm::BasicBlock *GetIndirectGotoBlock(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 88402ce | 2008-08-04 16:51:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | |
Anders Carlsson | c0964b6 | 2010-05-22 17:35:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | /// EmitNullInitialization - Generate code to set a value of the given type to |
| 1838 | /// null, If the type contains data member pointers, they will be initialized |
| 1839 | /// to -1 in accordance with the Itanium C++ ABI. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | void EmitNullInitialization(Address DestPtr, QualType Ty); |
Anders Carlsson | 13abd7e | 2008-11-04 05:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | |
Charles Davis | c7d5c94 | 2015-09-17 20:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 | /// Emits a call to an LLVM variable-argument intrinsic, either |
| 1843 | /// \c llvm.va_start or \c llvm.va_end. |
| 1844 | /// \param ArgValue A reference to the \c va_list as emitted by either |
| 1845 | /// \c EmitVAListRef or \c EmitMSVAListRef. |
| 1846 | /// \param IsStart If \c true, emits a call to \c llvm.va_start; otherwise, |
| 1847 | /// calls \c llvm.va_end. |
| 1848 | llvm::Value *EmitVAStartEnd(llvm::Value *ArgValue, bool IsStart); |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | /// Generate code to get an argument from the passed in pointer |
| 1851 | /// and update it accordingly. |
| 1852 | /// \param VE The \c VAArgExpr for which to generate code. |
| 1853 | /// \param VAListAddr Receives a reference to the \c va_list as emitted by |
| 1854 | /// either \c EmitVAListRef or \c EmitMSVAListRef. |
| 1855 | /// \returns A pointer to the argument. |
Anders Carlsson | 13abd7e | 2008-11-04 05:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | // FIXME: We should be able to get rid of this method and use the va_arg |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | // instruction in LLVM instead once it works well enough. |
Charles Davis | c7d5c94 | 2015-09-17 20:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | Address EmitVAArg(VAArgExpr *VE, Address &VAListAddr); |
Anders Carlsson | e388a5b | 2008-12-20 20:27:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | /// emitArrayLength - Compute the length of an array, even if it's a |
| 1861 | /// VLA, and drill down to the base element type. |
| 1862 | llvm::Value *emitArrayLength(const ArrayType *arrayType, |
| 1863 | QualType &baseType, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | Address &addr); |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | |
John McCall | 23c29fe | 2011-06-24 21:55:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | /// EmitVLASize - Capture all the sizes for the VLA expressions in |
| 1867 | /// the given variably-modified type and store them in the VLASizeMap. |
Daniel Dunbar | b6adc43 | 2009-07-19 06:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | /// |
| 1869 | /// This function can be called with a null (unreachable) insert point. |
John McCall | 23c29fe | 2011-06-24 21:55:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1870 | void EmitVariablyModifiedType(QualType Ty); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 | |
John McCall | 23c29fe | 2011-06-24 21:55:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | /// getVLASize - Returns an LLVM value that corresponds to the size, |
| 1873 | /// in non-variably-sized elements, of a variable length array type, |
| 1874 | /// plus that largest non-variably-sized element type. Assumes that |
| 1875 | /// the type has already been emitted with EmitVariablyModifiedType. |
| 1876 | std::pair<llvm::Value*,QualType> getVLASize(const VariableArrayType *vla); |
| 1877 | std::pair<llvm::Value*,QualType> getVLASize(QualType vla); |
Anders Carlsson | ccbe920 | 2008-12-12 07:19:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | |
Anders Carlsson | a5d077d | 2009-04-14 16:58:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | /// LoadCXXThis - Load the value of 'this'. This function is only valid while |
| 1880 | /// generating code for an C++ member function. |
John McCall | 347132b | 2010-02-16 22:04:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 | llvm::Value *LoadCXXThis() { |
| 1882 | assert(CXXThisValue && "no 'this' value for this function"); |
| 1883 | return CXXThisValue; |
| 1884 | } |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | Address LoadCXXThisAddress(); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | |
Anders Carlsson | e36a6b3 | 2010-01-02 01:01:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | /// LoadCXXVTT - Load the VTT parameter to base constructors/destructors have |
| 1888 | /// virtual bases. |
Timur Iskhodzhanov | ee6bc53 | 2013-02-13 08:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | // FIXME: Every place that calls LoadCXXVTT is something |
| 1890 | // that needs to be abstracted properly. |
John McCall | 347132b | 2010-02-16 22:04:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | llvm::Value *LoadCXXVTT() { |
Timur Iskhodzhanov | ee6bc53 | 2013-02-13 08:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | assert(CXXStructorImplicitParamValue && "no VTT value for this function"); |
| 1893 | return CXXStructorImplicitParamValue; |
| 1894 | } |
| 1895 | |
John McCall | 6ce7472 | 2010-02-16 04:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | /// GetAddressOfBaseOfCompleteClass - Convert the given pointer to a |
Anders Carlsson | c4ba0cd | 2010-04-24 23:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | /// complete class to the given direct base. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1898 | Address |
| 1899 | GetAddressOfDirectBaseInCompleteClass(Address Value, |
Anders Carlsson | c4ba0cd | 2010-04-24 23:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, |
| 1901 | const CXXRecordDecl *Base, |
| 1902 | bool BaseIsVirtual); |
Anders Carlsson | bea9e74 | 2010-04-24 21:51:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | static bool ShouldNullCheckClassCastValue(const CastExpr *Cast); |
| 1905 | |
Mike Stump | e5311b0 | 2009-11-30 20:08:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | /// GetAddressOfBaseClass - This function will add the necessary delta to the |
| 1907 | /// load of 'this' and returns address of the base class. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | Address GetAddressOfBaseClass(Address Value, |
| 1909 | const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, |
| 1910 | CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathBegin, |
| 1911 | CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathEnd, |
| 1912 | bool NullCheckValue, SourceLocation Loc); |
Anders Carlsson | d829a02 | 2010-04-24 21:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1914 | Address GetAddressOfDerivedClass(Address Value, |
| 1915 | const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, |
| 1916 | CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathBegin, |
| 1917 | CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathEnd, |
| 1918 | bool NullCheckValue); |
Anders Carlsson | 8c79317 | 2009-11-23 17:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 | |
Timur Iskhodzhanov | 57cbe5c | 2013-02-27 13:46:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | /// GetVTTParameter - Return the VTT parameter that should be passed to a |
| 1921 | /// base constructor/destructor with virtual bases. |
| 1922 | /// FIXME: VTTs are Itanium ABI-specific, so the definition should move |
| 1923 | /// to ItaniumCXXABI.cpp together with all the references to VTT. |
| 1924 | llvm::Value *GetVTTParameter(GlobalDecl GD, bool ForVirtualBase, |
| 1925 | bool Delegating); |
| 1926 | |
John McCall | f8ff7b9 | 2010-02-23 00:48:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | void EmitDelegateCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, |
| 1928 | CXXCtorType CtorType, |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 | const FunctionArgList &Args, |
| 1930 | SourceLocation Loc); |
Alexis Hunt | 61bc173 | 2011-05-01 07:04:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 | // It's important not to confuse this and the previous function. Delegating |
| 1932 | // constructors are the C++0x feature. The constructor delegate optimization |
| 1933 | // is used to reduce duplication in the base and complete consturctors where |
| 1934 | // they are substantially the same. |
| 1935 | void EmitDelegatingCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, |
| 1936 | const FunctionArgList &Args); |
Piotr Padlewski | d679d7e | 2015-09-15 00:37:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 | |
Richard Smith | 5179eb7 | 2016-06-28 19:03:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1938 | /// Emit a call to an inheriting constructor (that is, one that invokes a |
| 1939 | /// constructor inherited from a base class) by inlining its definition. This |
| 1940 | /// is necessary if the ABI does not support forwarding the arguments to the |
| 1941 | /// base class constructor (because they're variadic or similar). |
| 1942 | void EmitInlinedInheritingCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, |
| 1943 | CXXCtorType CtorType, |
| 1944 | bool ForVirtualBase, |
| 1945 | bool Delegating, |
| 1946 | CallArgList &Args); |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | /// Emit a call to a constructor inherited from a base class, passing the |
| 1949 | /// current constructor's arguments along unmodified (without even making |
| 1950 | /// a copy). |
| 1951 | void EmitInheritedCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
| 1952 | bool ForVirtualBase, Address This, |
| 1953 | bool InheritedFromVBase, |
| 1954 | const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E); |
| 1955 | |
Anders Carlsson | e11f9ce | 2010-05-02 23:20:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1956 | void EmitCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, CXXCtorType Type, |
Douglas Gregor | 6153500 | 2013-01-31 05:50:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 | bool ForVirtualBase, bool Delegating, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1958 | Address This, const CXXConstructExpr *E); |
Alexey Samsonov | 70b9c01 | 2014-08-21 20:26:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1959 | |
Richard Smith | 5179eb7 | 2016-06-28 19:03:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1960 | void EmitCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, CXXCtorType Type, |
| 1961 | bool ForVirtualBase, bool Delegating, |
| 1962 | Address This, CallArgList &Args); |
| 1963 | |
Piotr Padlewski | d679d7e | 2015-09-15 00:37:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 | /// Emit assumption load for all bases. Requires to be be called only on |
| 1965 | /// most-derived class and not under construction of the object. |
| 1966 | void EmitVTableAssumptionLoads(const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, Address This); |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | /// Emit assumption that vptr load == global vtable. |
| 1969 | void EmitVTableAssumptionLoad(const VPtr &vptr, Address This); |
| 1970 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | e988bda | 2010-11-13 21:53:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | void EmitSynthesizedCXXCopyCtorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 | Address This, Address Src, |
| 1973 | const CXXConstructExpr *E); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 431c883 | 2009-08-19 20:55:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1975 | void EmitCXXAggrConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
Alexey Bataev | e7545b3 | 2016-04-29 09:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 | const ArrayType *ArrayTy, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1977 | Address ArrayPtr, |
Alexey Samsonov | 70b9c01 | 2014-08-21 20:26:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | const CXXConstructExpr *E, |
Douglas Gregor | 05fc5be | 2010-07-21 01:10:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | bool ZeroInitialization = false); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1980 | |
Anders Carlsson | d49844b | 2009-09-23 02:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | void EmitCXXAggrConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
| 1982 | llvm::Value *NumElements, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 | Address ArrayPtr, |
Alexey Samsonov | 70b9c01 | 2014-08-21 20:26:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | const CXXConstructExpr *E, |
Douglas Gregor | 05fc5be | 2010-07-21 01:10:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 | bool ZeroInitialization = false); |
Anders Carlsson | b7f8f59 | 2009-04-17 00:06:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 | static Destroyer destroyCXXObject; |
| 1988 | |
Anders Carlsson | 0a63741 | 2009-05-29 21:03:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | void EmitCXXDestructorCall(const CXXDestructorDecl *D, CXXDtorType Type, |
Douglas Gregor | 6153500 | 2013-01-31 05:50:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | bool ForVirtualBase, bool Delegating, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | Address This); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | |
John McCall | 99210dc | 2011-09-15 06:49:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | void EmitNewArrayInitializer(const CXXNewExpr *E, QualType elementType, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | llvm::Type *ElementTy, Address NewPtr, |
David Blaikie | fb901c7a | 2015-04-04 15:12:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | llvm::Value *NumElements, |
Richard Smith | 06a67e2 | 2014-06-03 06:58:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | llvm::Value *AllocSizeWithoutCookie); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 702b284 | 2011-11-27 22:09:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | void EmitCXXTemporary(const CXXTemporary *Temporary, QualType TempType, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | Address Ptr); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | |
David Majnemer | dc012fa | 2015-04-22 21:38:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | llvm::Value *EmitLifetimeStart(uint64_t Size, llvm::Value *Addr); |
| 2002 | void EmitLifetimeEnd(llvm::Value *Size, llvm::Value *Addr); |
| 2003 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4a7b49b | 2009-05-31 01:40:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | llvm::Value *EmitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E); |
Anders Carlsson | 81f0df9 | 2009-08-16 21:13:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2005 | void EmitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2006 | |
Eli Friedman | 24f5543 | 2009-11-18 00:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | void EmitDeleteCall(const FunctionDecl *DeleteFD, llvm::Value *Ptr, |
| 2008 | QualType DeleteTy); |
| 2009 | |
Richard Smith | 760520b | 2014-06-03 23:27:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | RValue EmitBuiltinNewDeleteCall(const FunctionProtoType *Type, |
| 2011 | const Expr *Arg, bool IsDelete); |
| 2012 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | llvm::Value *EmitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E); |
| 2014 | llvm::Value *EmitDynamicCast(Address V, const CXXDynamicCastExpr *DCE); |
| 2015 | Address EmitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E); |
Mike Stump | c9b231c | 2009-11-15 08:09:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 | |
Richard Smith | 69d0d26 | 2012-08-24 00:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | /// \brief Situations in which we might emit a check for the suitability of a |
| 2018 | /// pointer or glvalue. |
Richard Smith | 4d1458e | 2012-09-08 02:08:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | enum TypeCheckKind { |
Richard Smith | 69d0d26 | 2012-08-24 00:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | /// Checking the operand of a load. Must be suitably sized and aligned. |
Richard Smith | 4d1458e | 2012-09-08 02:08:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 | TCK_Load, |
Richard Smith | 69d0d26 | 2012-08-24 00:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 | /// Checking the destination of a store. Must be suitably sized and aligned. |
Richard Smith | 4d1458e | 2012-09-08 02:08:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 | TCK_Store, |
Richard Smith | 69d0d26 | 2012-08-24 00:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 | /// Checking the bound value in a reference binding. Must be suitably sized |
| 2025 | /// and aligned, but is not required to refer to an object (until the |
| 2026 | /// reference is used), per core issue 453. |
Richard Smith | 4d1458e | 2012-09-08 02:08:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | TCK_ReferenceBinding, |
Richard Smith | 69d0d26 | 2012-08-24 00:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | /// Checking the object expression in a non-static data member access. Must |
| 2029 | /// be an object within its lifetime. |
Richard Smith | 4d1458e | 2012-09-08 02:08:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2030 | TCK_MemberAccess, |
Richard Smith | 69d0d26 | 2012-08-24 00:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 | /// Checking the 'this' pointer for a call to a non-static member function. |
| 2032 | /// Must be an object within its lifetime. |
Richard Smith | 4d3110a | 2012-10-25 02:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | TCK_MemberCall, |
| 2034 | /// Checking the 'this' pointer for a constructor call. |
Richard Smith | 2c5868c | 2013-02-13 21:18:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | TCK_ConstructorCall, |
| 2036 | /// Checking the operand of a static_cast to a derived pointer type. Must be |
| 2037 | /// null or an object within its lifetime. |
| 2038 | TCK_DowncastPointer, |
| 2039 | /// Checking the operand of a static_cast to a derived reference type. Must |
| 2040 | /// be an object within its lifetime. |
Alexey Samsonov | eb47d8a | 2014-10-13 23:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | TCK_DowncastReference, |
| 2042 | /// Checking the operand of a cast to a base object. Must be suitably sized |
| 2043 | /// and aligned. |
| 2044 | TCK_Upcast, |
| 2045 | /// Checking the operand of a cast to a virtual base object. Must be an |
| 2046 | /// object within its lifetime. |
| 2047 | TCK_UpcastToVirtualBase |
Richard Smith | 69d0d26 | 2012-08-24 00:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | }; |
| 2049 | |
Alexey Samsonov | ac4afe4 | 2014-07-07 23:59:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | /// \brief Whether any type-checking sanitizers are enabled. If \c false, |
| 2051 | /// calls to EmitTypeCheck can be skipped. |
| 2052 | bool sanitizePerformTypeCheck() const; |
| 2053 | |
Richard Smith | 4d1458e | 2012-09-08 02:08:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2054 | /// \brief Emit a check that \p V is the address of storage of the |
Richard Smith | 69d0d26 | 2012-08-24 00:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2055 | /// appropriate size and alignment for an object of type \p Type. |
Richard Smith | e30752c | 2012-10-09 19:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | void EmitTypeCheck(TypeCheckKind TCK, SourceLocation Loc, llvm::Value *V, |
Alexey Samsonov | eb47d8a | 2014-10-13 23:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2057 | QualType Type, CharUnits Alignment = CharUnits::Zero(), |
| 2058 | bool SkipNullCheck = false); |
Mike Stump | 3f6f9fe | 2009-12-16 02:57:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | |
Richard Smith | 539e4a7 | 2013-02-23 02:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | /// \brief Emit a check that \p Base points into an array object, which |
| 2061 | /// we can access at index \p Index. \p Accessed should be \c false if we |
| 2062 | /// this expression is used as an lvalue, for instance in "&Arr[Idx]". |
| 2063 | void EmitBoundsCheck(const Expr *E, const Expr *Base, llvm::Value *Index, |
| 2064 | QualType IndexType, bool Accessed); |
| 2065 | |
Chris Lattner | 116ce8f | 2010-01-09 21:40:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 | llvm::Value *EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E, LValue LV, |
| 2067 | bool isInc, bool isPre); |
| 2068 | ComplexPairTy EmitComplexPrePostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E, LValue LV, |
| 2069 | bool isInc, bool isPre); |
Hal Finkel | bcc0608 | 2014-09-07 22:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | |
| 2071 | void EmitAlignmentAssumption(llvm::Value *PtrValue, unsigned Alignment, |
Hal Finkel | 6fae849 | 2014-10-15 23:45:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | llvm::Value *OffsetValue = nullptr) { |
| 2073 | Builder.CreateAlignmentAssumption(CGM.getDataLayout(), PtrValue, Alignment, |
| 2074 | OffsetValue); |
| 2075 | } |
Hal Finkel | bcc0608 | 2014-09-07 22:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | |
Chris Lattner | 8394d79 | 2007-06-05 20:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Chris Lattner | 53621a5 | 2007-06-13 20:44:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 | // Declaration Emission |
Chris Lattner | 84915fa | 2007-06-02 04:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | |
Daniel Dunbar | b6adc43 | 2009-07-19 06:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | /// EmitDecl - Emit a declaration. |
| 2082 | /// |
| 2083 | /// This function can be called with a null (unreachable) insert point. |
Chris Lattner | 1ad38f8 | 2007-06-09 01:20:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 | void EmitDecl(const Decl &D); |
Daniel Dunbar | b6adc43 | 2009-07-19 06:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 | |
John McCall | 1c9c3fd | 2010-10-15 04:57:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | /// EmitVarDecl - Emit a local variable declaration. |
Daniel Dunbar | b6adc43 | 2009-07-19 06:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | /// |
| 2088 | /// This function can be called with a null (unreachable) insert point. |
John McCall | 1c9c3fd | 2010-10-15 04:57:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | void EmitVarDecl(const VarDecl &D); |
Daniel Dunbar | b6adc43 | 2009-07-19 06:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 | |
David Blaikie | 73ca569 | 2014-12-09 00:32:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2091 | void EmitScalarInit(const Expr *init, const ValueDecl *D, LValue lvalue, |
David Blaikie | 66e4197 | 2015-01-14 07:38:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | bool capturedByInit); |
John McCall | d463132 | 2011-06-17 06:42:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | void EmitScalarInit(llvm::Value *init, LValue lvalue); |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | typedef void SpecialInitFn(CodeGenFunction &Init, const VarDecl &D, |
| 2096 | llvm::Value *Address); |
| 2097 | |
Alexey Bataev | 4a5bb77 | 2014-10-08 14:01:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | /// \brief Determine whether the given initializer is trivial in the sense |
| 2099 | /// that it requires no code to be generated. |
| 2100 | bool isTrivialInitializer(const Expr *Init); |
| 2101 | |
John McCall | 1c9c3fd | 2010-10-15 04:57:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2102 | /// EmitAutoVarDecl - Emit an auto variable declaration. |
Daniel Dunbar | b6adc43 | 2009-07-19 06:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | /// |
| 2104 | /// This function can be called with a null (unreachable) insert point. |
John McCall | c533cb7 | 2011-02-22 06:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | void EmitAutoVarDecl(const VarDecl &D); |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | class AutoVarEmission { |
| 2108 | friend class CodeGenFunction; |
| 2109 | |
John McCall | 9e2e22f | 2011-02-22 07:16:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2110 | const VarDecl *Variable; |
John McCall | c533cb7 | 2011-02-22 06:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | /// The address of the alloca. Invalid if the variable was emitted |
John McCall | c533cb7 | 2011-02-22 06:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | /// as a global constant. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2114 | Address Addr; |
John McCall | c533cb7 | 2011-02-22 06:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2115 | |
| 2116 | llvm::Value *NRVOFlag; |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | /// True if the variable is a __block variable. |
| 2119 | bool IsByRef; |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 | /// True if the variable is of aggregate type and has a constant |
| 2122 | /// initializer. |
| 2123 | bool IsConstantAggregate; |
| 2124 | |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 | /// Non-null if we should use lifetime annotations. |
| 2126 | llvm::Value *SizeForLifetimeMarkers; |
| 2127 | |
John McCall | 9e2e22f | 2011-02-22 07:16:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2128 | struct Invalid {}; |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | AutoVarEmission(Invalid) : Variable(nullptr), Addr(Address::invalid()) {} |
John McCall | 9e2e22f | 2011-02-22 07:16:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | |
John McCall | c533cb7 | 2011-02-22 06:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 | AutoVarEmission(const VarDecl &variable) |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | : Variable(&variable), Addr(Address::invalid()), NRVOFlag(nullptr), |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | IsByRef(false), IsConstantAggregate(false), |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 | SizeForLifetimeMarkers(nullptr) {} |
John McCall | c533cb7 | 2011-02-22 06:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | bool wasEmittedAsGlobal() const { return !Addr.isValid(); } |
John McCall | c533cb7 | 2011-02-22 06:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2137 | |
| 2138 | public: |
John McCall | 9e2e22f | 2011-02-22 07:16:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | static AutoVarEmission invalid() { return AutoVarEmission(Invalid()); } |
| 2140 | |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2141 | bool useLifetimeMarkers() const { |
| 2142 | return SizeForLifetimeMarkers != nullptr; |
| 2143 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | llvm::Value *getSizeForLifetimeMarkers() const { |
| 2145 | assert(useLifetimeMarkers()); |
| 2146 | return SizeForLifetimeMarkers; |
| 2147 | } |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | /// Returns the raw, allocated address, which is not necessarily |
| 2150 | /// the address of the object itself. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | Address getAllocatedAddress() const { |
| 2152 | return Addr; |
Nadav Rotem | 1da3094 | 2013-03-23 06:43:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | } |
| 2154 | |
John McCall | c533cb7 | 2011-02-22 06:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2155 | /// Returns the address of the object within this declaration. |
| 2156 | /// Note that this does not chase the forwarding pointer for |
| 2157 | /// __block decls. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | Address getObjectAddress(CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
| 2159 | if (!IsByRef) return Addr; |
John McCall | c533cb7 | 2011-02-22 06:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2161 | return CGF.emitBlockByrefAddress(Addr, Variable, /*forward*/ false); |
John McCall | c533cb7 | 2011-02-22 06:44:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | } |
| 2163 | }; |
| 2164 | AutoVarEmission EmitAutoVarAlloca(const VarDecl &var); |
| 2165 | void EmitAutoVarInit(const AutoVarEmission &emission); |
| 2166 | void EmitAutoVarCleanups(const AutoVarEmission &emission); |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 | void emitAutoVarTypeCleanup(const AutoVarEmission &emission, |
| 2168 | QualType::DestructionKind dtorKind); |
Daniel Dunbar | b6adc43 | 2009-07-19 06:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2169 | |
John McCall | 1c9c3fd | 2010-10-15 04:57:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 | void EmitStaticVarDecl(const VarDecl &D, |
| 2171 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes Linkage); |
Daniel Dunbar | a94ecd2 | 2008-08-16 03:19:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2172 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 | class ParamValue { |
| 2174 | llvm::Value *Value; |
| 2175 | unsigned Alignment; |
| 2176 | ParamValue(llvm::Value *V, unsigned A) : Value(V), Alignment(A) {} |
| 2177 | public: |
| 2178 | static ParamValue forDirect(llvm::Value *value) { |
| 2179 | return ParamValue(value, 0); |
| 2180 | } |
| 2181 | static ParamValue forIndirect(Address addr) { |
| 2182 | assert(!addr.getAlignment().isZero()); |
| 2183 | return ParamValue(addr.getPointer(), addr.getAlignment().getQuantity()); |
| 2184 | } |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | bool isIndirect() const { return Alignment != 0; } |
| 2187 | llvm::Value *getAnyValue() const { return Value; } |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | llvm::Value *getDirectValue() const { |
| 2190 | assert(!isIndirect()); |
| 2191 | return Value; |
| 2192 | } |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | Address getIndirectAddress() const { |
| 2195 | assert(isIndirect()); |
| 2196 | return Address(Value, CharUnits::fromQuantity(Alignment)); |
| 2197 | } |
| 2198 | }; |
| 2199 | |
Daniel Dunbar | a94ecd2 | 2008-08-16 03:19:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | /// EmitParmDecl - Emit a ParmVarDecl or an ImplicitParamDecl. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2201 | void EmitParmDecl(const VarDecl &D, ParamValue Arg, unsigned ArgNo); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2202 | |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2203 | /// protectFromPeepholes - Protect a value that we're intending to |
| 2204 | /// store to the side, but which will probably be used later, from |
| 2205 | /// aggressive peepholing optimizations that might delete it. |
| 2206 | /// |
| 2207 | /// Pass the result to unprotectFromPeepholes to declare that |
| 2208 | /// protection is no longer required. |
| 2209 | /// |
| 2210 | /// There's no particular reason why this shouldn't apply to |
| 2211 | /// l-values, it's just that no existing peepholes work on pointers. |
| 2212 | PeepholeProtection protectFromPeepholes(RValue rvalue); |
| 2213 | void unprotectFromPeepholes(PeepholeProtection protection); |
| 2214 | |
Chris Lattner | 84915fa | 2007-06-02 04:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Chris Lattner | 308f431 | 2007-05-29 23:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | // Statement Emission |
| 2217 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2218 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 | /// EmitStopPoint - Emit a debug stoppoint if we are emitting debug info. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5fc2871 | 2008-11-12 08:21:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | void EmitStopPoint(const Stmt *S); |
| 2221 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | /// EmitStmt - Emit the code for the statement \arg S. It is legal to call |
| 2223 | /// this function even if there is no current insertion point. |
| 2224 | /// |
| 2225 | /// This function may clear the current insertion point; callers should use |
| 2226 | /// EnsureInsertPoint if they wish to subsequently generate code without first |
| 2227 | /// calling EmitBlock, EmitBranch, or EmitStmt. |
Chris Lattner | 308f431 | 2007-05-29 23:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2228 | void EmitStmt(const Stmt *S); |
Daniel Dunbar | 5c7e393 | 2008-11-11 23:11:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 5fc2871 | 2008-11-12 08:21:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | /// EmitSimpleStmt - Try to emit a "simple" statement which does not |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | /// necessarily require an insertion point or debug information; typically |
| 2232 | /// because the statement amounts to a jump or a container of other |
| 2233 | /// statements. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5fc2871 | 2008-11-12 08:21:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | /// |
| 2235 | /// \return True if the statement was handled. |
| 2236 | bool EmitSimpleStmt(const Stmt *S); |
| 2237 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 | Address EmitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt &S, bool GetLast = false, |
| 2239 | AggValueSlot AVS = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 2240 | Address EmitCompoundStmtWithoutScope(const CompoundStmt &S, |
| 2241 | bool GetLast = false, |
| 2242 | AggValueSlot AVS = |
Eli Friedman | 4871a46 | 2013-06-10 22:04:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
Daniel Dunbar | 5c7e393 | 2008-11-11 23:11:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | /// EmitLabel - Emit the block for the given label. It is legal to call this |
| 2246 | /// function even if there is no current insertion point. |
Chris Lattner | c8e630e | 2011-02-17 07:39:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2247 | void EmitLabel(const LabelDecl *D); // helper for EmitLabelStmt. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5c7e393 | 2008-11-11 23:11:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | |
Chris Lattner | ac24820 | 2007-05-30 00:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | void EmitLabelStmt(const LabelStmt &S); |
Richard Smith | c202b28 | 2012-04-14 00:33:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | void EmitAttributedStmt(const AttributedStmt &S); |
Chris Lattner | ac24820 | 2007-05-30 00:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | void EmitGotoStmt(const GotoStmt &S); |
Daniel Dunbar | 88402ce | 2008-08-04 16:51:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | void EmitIndirectGotoStmt(const IndirectGotoStmt &S); |
Chris Lattner | 5269c03 | 2007-05-30 21:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | void EmitIfStmt(const IfStmt &S); |
Aaron Ballman | b06b15a | 2014-06-06 12:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | |
Aaron Ballman | b06b15a | 2014-06-06 12:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | void EmitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt &S, |
Craig Topper | 3cb91b2 | 2014-08-27 06:28:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 | ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs = None); |
| 2257 | void EmitDoStmt(const DoStmt &S, ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs = None); |
Aaron Ballman | b06b15a | 2014-06-06 12:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | void EmitForStmt(const ForStmt &S, |
Craig Topper | 3cb91b2 | 2014-08-27 06:28:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs = None); |
Chris Lattner | 3f3dbee | 2007-06-02 03:19:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | void EmitReturnStmt(const ReturnStmt &S); |
Chris Lattner | 1ad38f8 | 2007-06-09 01:20:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2261 | void EmitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt &S); |
Daniel Dunbar | 5fc2871 | 2008-11-12 08:21:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 | void EmitBreakStmt(const BreakStmt &S); |
| 2263 | void EmitContinueStmt(const ContinueStmt &S); |
Devang Patel | da5d6bb | 2007-10-04 23:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | void EmitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt &S); |
| 2265 | void EmitDefaultStmt(const DefaultStmt &S); |
| 2266 | void EmitCaseStmt(const CaseStmt &S); |
Devang Patel | 1166312 | 2007-10-08 20:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | void EmitCaseStmtRange(const CaseStmt &S); |
Chad Rosier | 6051bb9 | 2012-08-28 18:54:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | void EmitAsmStmt(const AsmStmt &S); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 | |
Anders Carlsson | 2e744e8 | 2008-08-30 19:51:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2270 | void EmitObjCForCollectionStmt(const ObjCForCollectionStmt &S); |
Anders Carlsson | 1963b0c | 2008-09-09 10:04:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 | void EmitObjCAtTryStmt(const ObjCAtTryStmt &S); |
| 2272 | void EmitObjCAtThrowStmt(const ObjCAtThrowStmt &S); |
Chris Lattner | e132e24 | 2008-11-15 21:26:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 | void EmitObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(const ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt &S); |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2274 | void EmitObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(const ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt &S); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2275 | |
John McCall | b609d3f | 2010-07-07 06:56:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | void EnterCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt &S, bool IsFnTryBlock = false); |
| 2277 | void ExitCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt &S, bool IsFnTryBlock = false); |
John McCall | b81884d | 2010-02-19 09:25:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | |
Anders Carlsson | 52d78a5 | 2009-09-27 18:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | void EmitCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt &S); |
Reid Kleckner | 543a16c | 2013-09-16 21:46:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 | void EmitSEHTryStmt(const SEHTryStmt &S); |
Nico Weber | 9b98207 | 2014-07-07 00:12:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | void EmitSEHLeaveStmt(const SEHLeaveStmt &S); |
Reid Kleckner | ebaf28d | 2015-04-14 20:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | void EnterSEHTryStmt(const SEHTryStmt &S); |
| 2283 | void ExitSEHTryStmt(const SEHTryStmt &S); |
| 2284 | |
Reid Kleckner | 9fe7f23 | 2015-07-07 00:36:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 | void startOutlinedSEHHelper(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, bool IsFilter, |
Reid Kleckner | ebaf28d | 2015-04-14 20:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | const Stmt *OutlinedStmt); |
Reid Kleckner | 1d59f99 | 2015-01-22 01:36:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 | |
| 2288 | llvm::Function *GenerateSEHFilterFunction(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, |
| 2289 | const SEHExceptStmt &Except); |
| 2290 | |
Reid Kleckner | ebaf28d | 2015-04-14 20:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2291 | llvm::Function *GenerateSEHFinallyFunction(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, |
| 2292 | const SEHFinallyStmt &Finally); |
| 2293 | |
Reid Kleckner | 9fe7f23 | 2015-07-07 00:36:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | void EmitSEHExceptionCodeSave(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, |
| 2295 | llvm::Value *ParentFP, |
| 2296 | llvm::Value *EntryEBP); |
Reid Kleckner | 1d59f99 | 2015-01-22 01:36:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 | llvm::Value *EmitSEHExceptionCode(); |
| 2298 | llvm::Value *EmitSEHExceptionInfo(); |
Reid Kleckner | aca01db | 2015-02-04 22:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | llvm::Value *EmitSEHAbnormalTermination(); |
Reid Kleckner | 1d59f99 | 2015-01-22 01:36:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 | |
Reid Kleckner | 31a1bb0 | 2015-04-08 22:23:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | /// Scan the outlined statement for captures from the parent function. For |
| 2302 | /// each capture, mark the capture as escaped and emit a call to |
Reid Kleckner | 98cb8ba | 2015-07-07 22:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | /// llvm.localrecover. Insert the localrecover result into the LocalDeclMap. |
Reid Kleckner | 0b9bbbf | 2015-06-09 17:49:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 | void EmitCapturedLocals(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, const Stmt *OutlinedStmt, |
Reid Kleckner | 9fe7f23 | 2015-07-07 00:36:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 | bool IsFilter); |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 | /// Recovers the address of a local in a parent function. ParentVar is the |
| 2308 | /// address of the variable used in the immediate parent function. It can |
Reid Kleckner | 98cb8ba | 2015-07-07 22:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2309 | /// either be an alloca or a call to llvm.localrecover if there are nested |
Reid Kleckner | 9fe7f23 | 2015-07-07 00:36:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2310 | /// outlined functions. ParentFP is the frame pointer of the outermost parent |
| 2311 | /// frame. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 | Address recoverAddrOfEscapedLocal(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, |
| 2313 | Address ParentVar, |
| 2314 | llvm::Value *ParentFP); |
Reid Kleckner | 31a1bb0 | 2015-04-08 22:23:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | |
Aaron Ballman | b06b15a | 2014-06-06 12:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | void EmitCXXForRangeStmt(const CXXForRangeStmt &S, |
Craig Topper | 3cb91b2 | 2014-08-27 06:28:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs = None); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 | |
Alexey Bataev | 1189bd0 | 2016-01-26 12:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | /// Returns calculated size of the specified type. |
| 2320 | llvm::Value *getTypeSize(QualType Ty); |
Alexey Bataev | 330de03 | 2014-10-29 12:21:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | LValue InitCapturedStruct(const CapturedStmt &S); |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | llvm::Function *EmitCapturedStmt(const CapturedStmt &S, CapturedRegionKind K); |
Alexey Bataev | aca7fcf | 2014-06-30 02:55:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | llvm::Function *GenerateCapturedStmtFunction(const CapturedStmt &S); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | Address GenerateCapturedStmtArgument(const CapturedStmt &S); |
Samuel Antao | 6d00426 | 2016-06-16 18:39:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | llvm::Function *GenerateOpenMPCapturedStmtFunction(const CapturedStmt &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 2377fe9 | 2015-09-10 08:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | void GenerateOpenMPCapturedVars(const CapturedStmt &S, |
Samuel Antao | 4af1b7b | 2015-12-02 17:44:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &CapturedVars); |
Alexey Bataev | 8524d15 | 2016-01-21 12:35:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | void emitOMPSimpleStore(LValue LVal, RValue RVal, QualType RValTy, |
| 2329 | SourceLocation Loc); |
Alexey Bataev | 420d45b | 2015-04-14 05:11:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | /// \brief Perform element by element copying of arrays with type \a |
| 2331 | /// OriginalType from \a SrcAddr to \a DestAddr using copying procedure |
| 2332 | /// generated by \a CopyGen. |
| 2333 | /// |
| 2334 | /// \param DestAddr Address of the destination array. |
| 2335 | /// \param SrcAddr Address of the source array. |
| 2336 | /// \param OriginalType Type of destination and source arrays. |
| 2337 | /// \param CopyGen Copying procedure that copies value of single array element |
| 2338 | /// to another single array element. |
| 2339 | void EmitOMPAggregateAssign( |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | Address DestAddr, Address SrcAddr, QualType OriginalType, |
| 2341 | const llvm::function_ref<void(Address, Address)> &CopyGen); |
Alexey Bataev | 420d45b | 2015-04-14 05:11:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | /// \brief Emit proper copying of data from one variable to another. |
| 2343 | /// |
| 2344 | /// \param OriginalType Original type of the copied variables. |
| 2345 | /// \param DestAddr Destination address. |
| 2346 | /// \param SrcAddr Source address. |
| 2347 | /// \param DestVD Destination variable used in \a CopyExpr (for arrays, has |
| 2348 | /// type of the base array element). |
| 2349 | /// \param SrcVD Source variable used in \a CopyExpr (for arrays, has type of |
| 2350 | /// the base array element). |
| 2351 | /// \param Copy Actual copygin expression for copying data from \a SrcVD to \a |
| 2352 | /// DestVD. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | void EmitOMPCopy(QualType OriginalType, |
| 2354 | Address DestAddr, Address SrcAddr, |
Alexey Bataev | 420d45b | 2015-04-14 05:11:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | const VarDecl *DestVD, const VarDecl *SrcVD, |
| 2356 | const Expr *Copy); |
Alexey Bataev | 794ba0d | 2015-04-10 10:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | /// \brief Emit atomic update code for constructs: \a X = \a X \a BO \a E or |
| 2358 | /// \a X = \a E \a BO \a E. |
| 2359 | /// |
| 2360 | /// \param X Value to be updated. |
| 2361 | /// \param E Update value. |
| 2362 | /// \param BO Binary operation for update operation. |
| 2363 | /// \param IsXLHSInRHSPart true if \a X is LHS in RHS part of the update |
| 2364 | /// expression, false otherwise. |
| 2365 | /// \param AO Atomic ordering of the generated atomic instructions. |
| 2366 | /// \param CommonGen Code generator for complex expressions that cannot be |
| 2367 | /// expressed through atomicrmw instruction. |
Alexey Bataev | 5e018f9 | 2015-04-23 06:35:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | /// \returns <true, OldAtomicValue> if simple 'atomicrmw' instruction was |
| 2369 | /// generated, <false, RValue::get(nullptr)> otherwise. |
| 2370 | std::pair<bool, RValue> EmitOMPAtomicSimpleUpdateExpr( |
Alexey Bataev | 794ba0d | 2015-04-10 10:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | LValue X, RValue E, BinaryOperatorKind BO, bool IsXLHSInRHSPart, |
| 2372 | llvm::AtomicOrdering AO, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2373 | const llvm::function_ref<RValue(RValue)> &CommonGen); |
Alexey Bataev | 69c62a9 | 2015-04-15 04:52:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | bool EmitOMPFirstprivateClause(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
Alexey Bataev | 435ad7b | 2014-10-10 09:48:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 | OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope); |
Alexey Bataev | 03b340a | 2014-10-21 03:16:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 | void EmitOMPPrivateClause(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
| 2377 | OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope); |
Alexey Bataev | f56f98c | 2015-04-16 05:39:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | /// \brief Emit code for copyin clause in \a D directive. The next code is |
| 2379 | /// generated at the start of outlined functions for directives: |
| 2380 | /// \code |
| 2381 | /// threadprivate_var1 = master_threadprivate_var1; |
| 2382 | /// operator=(threadprivate_var2, master_threadprivate_var2); |
| 2383 | /// ... |
| 2384 | /// __kmpc_barrier(&loc, global_tid); |
| 2385 | /// \endcode |
| 2386 | /// |
| 2387 | /// \param D OpenMP directive possibly with 'copyin' clause(s). |
| 2388 | /// \returns true if at least one copyin variable is found, false otherwise. |
| 2389 | bool EmitOMPCopyinClause(const OMPExecutableDirective &D); |
Alexey Bataev | 38e8953 | 2015-04-16 04:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | /// \brief Emit initial code for lastprivate variables. If some variable is |
| 2391 | /// not also firstprivate, then the default initialization is used. Otherwise |
| 2392 | /// initialization of this variable is performed by EmitOMPFirstprivateClause |
| 2393 | /// method. |
| 2394 | /// |
| 2395 | /// \param D Directive that may have 'lastprivate' directives. |
| 2396 | /// \param PrivateScope Private scope for capturing lastprivate variables for |
| 2397 | /// proper codegen in internal captured statement. |
| 2398 | /// |
| 2399 | /// \returns true if there is at least one lastprivate variable, false |
| 2400 | /// otherwise. |
| 2401 | bool EmitOMPLastprivateClauseInit(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
| 2402 | OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope); |
| 2403 | /// \brief Emit final copying of lastprivate values to original variables at |
| 2404 | /// the end of the worksharing or simd directive. |
| 2405 | /// |
| 2406 | /// \param D Directive that has at least one 'lastprivate' directives. |
| 2407 | /// \param IsLastIterCond Boolean condition that must be set to 'i1 true' if |
| 2408 | /// it is the last iteration of the loop code in associated directive, or to |
Alexey Bataev | fc087ec | 2015-06-16 13:14:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | /// 'i1 false' otherwise. If this item is nullptr, no final check is required. |
Alexey Bataev | 38e8953 | 2015-04-16 04:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | void EmitOMPLastprivateClauseFinal(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
Alexey Bataev | 5dff95c | 2016-04-22 03:56:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | bool NoFinals, |
Alexey Bataev | fc087ec | 2015-06-16 13:14:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | llvm::Value *IsLastIterCond = nullptr); |
Alexey Bataev | 5dff95c | 2016-04-22 03:56:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 | /// Emit initial code for linear clauses. |
| 2414 | void EmitOMPLinearClause(const OMPLoopDirective &D, |
| 2415 | CodeGenFunction::OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope); |
| 2416 | /// Emit final code for linear clauses. |
| 2417 | /// \param CondGen Optional conditional code for final part of codegen for |
| 2418 | /// linear clause. |
| 2419 | void EmitOMPLinearClauseFinal( |
| 2420 | const OMPLoopDirective &D, |
| 2421 | const llvm::function_ref<llvm::Value *(CodeGenFunction &)> &CondGen); |
Alexey Bataev | 794ba0d | 2015-04-10 10:43:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | /// \brief Emit initial code for reduction variables. Creates reduction copies |
| 2423 | /// and initializes them with the values according to OpenMP standard. |
| 2424 | /// |
| 2425 | /// \param D Directive (possibly) with the 'reduction' clause. |
| 2426 | /// \param PrivateScope Private scope for capturing reduction variables for |
| 2427 | /// proper codegen in internal captured statement. |
| 2428 | /// |
| 2429 | void EmitOMPReductionClauseInit(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
| 2430 | OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope); |
| 2431 | /// \brief Emit final update of reduction values to original variables at |
| 2432 | /// the end of the directive. |
| 2433 | /// |
| 2434 | /// \param D Directive that has at least one 'reduction' directives. |
| 2435 | void EmitOMPReductionClauseFinal(const OMPExecutableDirective &D); |
Alexey Bataev | 3b5b5c4 | 2015-06-18 10:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | /// \brief Emit initial code for linear variables. Creates private copies |
| 2437 | /// and initializes them with the values according to OpenMP standard. |
| 2438 | /// |
| 2439 | /// \param D Directive (possibly) with the 'linear' clause. |
| 2440 | void EmitOMPLinearClauseInit(const OMPLoopDirective &D); |
Alexey Bataev | 9959db5 | 2014-05-06 10:08:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2441 | |
Alexey Bataev | 7292c29 | 2016-04-25 12:22:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | typedef const llvm::function_ref<void(CodeGenFunction & /*CGF*/, |
| 2443 | llvm::Value * /*OutlinedFn*/, |
Alexey Bataev | 24b5bae | 2016-04-28 09:23:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 | const OMPTaskDataTy & /*Data*/)> |
Alexey Bataev | 7292c29 | 2016-04-25 12:22:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | TaskGenTy; |
| 2446 | void EmitOMPTaskBasedDirective(const OMPExecutableDirective &S, |
| 2447 | const RegionCodeGenTy &BodyGen, |
Alexey Bataev | 24b5bae | 2016-04-28 09:23:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | const TaskGenTy &TaskGen, OMPTaskDataTy &Data); |
Alexey Bataev | 7292c29 | 2016-04-25 12:22:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | |
Alexey Bataev | 9959db5 | 2014-05-06 10:08:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 | void EmitOMPParallelDirective(const OMPParallelDirective &S); |
Alexander Musman | 515ad8c | 2014-05-22 08:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2451 | void EmitOMPSimdDirective(const OMPSimdDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | f29276e | 2014-06-18 04:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | void EmitOMPForDirective(const OMPForDirective &S); |
Alexander Musman | f82886e | 2014-09-18 05:12:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | void EmitOMPForSimdDirective(const OMPForSimdDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | d3f8dd2 | 2014-06-25 11:44:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2454 | void EmitOMPSectionsDirective(const OMPSectionsDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 1e0498a | 2014-06-26 08:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | void EmitOMPSectionDirective(const OMPSectionDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | d1e40fb | 2014-06-26 12:05:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 | void EmitOMPSingleDirective(const OMPSingleDirective &S); |
Alexander Musman | 80c2289 | 2014-07-17 08:54:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | void EmitOMPMasterDirective(const OMPMasterDirective &S); |
Alexander Musman | d9ed09f | 2014-07-21 09:42:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | void EmitOMPCriticalDirective(const OMPCriticalDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 4acb859 | 2014-07-07 13:01:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | void EmitOMPParallelForDirective(const OMPParallelForDirective &S); |
Alexander Musman | e4e893b | 2014-09-23 09:33:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | void EmitOMPParallelForSimdDirective(const OMPParallelForSimdDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 84d0b3e | 2014-07-08 08:12:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | void EmitOMPParallelSectionsDirective(const OMPParallelSectionsDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 9c2e8ee | 2014-07-11 11:25:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | void EmitOMPTaskDirective(const OMPTaskDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 68446b7 | 2014-07-18 07:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | void EmitOMPTaskyieldDirective(const OMPTaskyieldDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 4d1dfea | 2014-07-18 09:11:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | void EmitOMPBarrierDirective(const OMPBarrierDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 2df347a | 2014-07-18 10:17:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | void EmitOMPTaskwaitDirective(const OMPTaskwaitDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | c30dd2d | 2015-06-18 12:14:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | void EmitOMPTaskgroupDirective(const OMPTaskgroupDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 6125da9 | 2014-07-21 11:26:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 | void EmitOMPFlushDirective(const OMPFlushDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 9fb6e64 | 2014-07-22 06:45:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 | void EmitOMPOrderedDirective(const OMPOrderedDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 0162e45 | 2014-07-22 10:10:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2469 | void EmitOMPAtomicDirective(const OMPAtomicDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 0bd520b | 2014-09-19 08:19:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 | void EmitOMPTargetDirective(const OMPTargetDirective &S); |
Michael Wong | 65f367f | 2015-07-21 13:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2471 | void EmitOMPTargetDataDirective(const OMPTargetDataDirective &S); |
Samuel Antao | df67fc4 | 2016-01-19 19:15:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | void EmitOMPTargetEnterDataDirective(const OMPTargetEnterDataDirective &S); |
Samuel Antao | 7259076 | 2016-01-19 20:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | void EmitOMPTargetExitDataDirective(const OMPTargetExitDataDirective &S); |
Samuel Antao | 686c70c | 2016-05-26 17:30:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | void EmitOMPTargetUpdateDirective(const OMPTargetUpdateDirective &S); |
Arpith Chacko Jacob | e955b3d | 2016-01-26 18:48:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2475 | void EmitOMPTargetParallelDirective(const OMPTargetParallelDirective &S); |
Arpith Chacko Jacob | 05bebb5 | 2016-02-03 15:46:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2476 | void |
| 2477 | EmitOMPTargetParallelForDirective(const OMPTargetParallelForDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 13314bf | 2014-10-09 04:18:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 | void EmitOMPTeamsDirective(const OMPTeamsDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 6d4ed05 | 2015-07-01 06:57:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2479 | void |
| 2480 | EmitOMPCancellationPointDirective(const OMPCancellationPointDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 8090987 | 2015-07-02 11:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 | void EmitOMPCancelDirective(const OMPCancelDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 7292c29 | 2016-04-25 12:22:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 | void EmitOMPTaskLoopBasedDirective(const OMPLoopDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 49f6e78 | 2015-12-01 04:18:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | void EmitOMPTaskLoopDirective(const OMPTaskLoopDirective &S); |
Alexey Bataev | 0a6ed84 | 2015-12-03 09:40:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 | void EmitOMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(const OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective &S); |
Carlo Bertolli | 6200a3d | 2015-12-14 14:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | void EmitOMPDistributeDirective(const OMPDistributeDirective &S); |
Carlo Bertolli | fc35ad2 | 2016-03-07 16:04:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | void EmitOMPDistributeLoop(const OMPDistributeDirective &S); |
Carlo Bertolli | 9925f15 | 2016-06-27 14:55:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | void EmitOMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 2488 | const OMPDistributeParallelForDirective &S); |
Ben Langmuir | 3b4c30b | 2013-05-09 19:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2489 | |
Alexey Bataev | 14fa1c6 | 2016-03-29 05:34:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2490 | /// Emit outlined function for the target directive. |
| 2491 | static std::pair<llvm::Function * /*OutlinedFn*/, |
| 2492 | llvm::Constant * /*OutlinedFnID*/> |
| 2493 | EmitOMPTargetDirectiveOutlinedFunction(CodeGenModule &CGM, |
| 2494 | const OMPTargetDirective &S, |
| 2495 | StringRef ParentName, |
| 2496 | bool IsOffloadEntry); |
Alexey Bataev | 98eb6e3 | 2015-04-22 11:15:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | /// \brief Emit inner loop of the worksharing/simd construct. |
| 2498 | /// |
| 2499 | /// \param S Directive, for which the inner loop must be emitted. |
| 2500 | /// \param RequiresCleanup true, if directive has some associated private |
| 2501 | /// variables. |
| 2502 | /// \param LoopCond Bollean condition for loop continuation. |
| 2503 | /// \param IncExpr Increment expression for loop control variable. |
| 2504 | /// \param BodyGen Generator for the inner body of the inner loop. |
| 2505 | /// \param PostIncGen Genrator for post-increment code (required for ordered |
| 2506 | /// loop directvies). |
| 2507 | void EmitOMPInnerLoop( |
| 2508 | const Stmt &S, bool RequiresCleanup, const Expr *LoopCond, |
| 2509 | const Expr *IncExpr, |
| 2510 | const llvm::function_ref<void(CodeGenFunction &)> &BodyGen, |
| 2511 | const llvm::function_ref<void(CodeGenFunction &)> &PostIncGen); |
Alexey Bataev | 68adb7d | 2015-04-14 03:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2512 | |
Alexey Bataev | 81c7ea0 | 2015-07-03 09:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2513 | JumpDest getOMPCancelDestination(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
Alexey Bataev | 5dff95c | 2016-04-22 03:56:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2514 | /// Emit initial code for loop counters of loop-based directives. |
| 2515 | void EmitOMPPrivateLoopCounters(const OMPLoopDirective &S, |
| 2516 | OMPPrivateScope &LoopScope); |
Alexey Bataev | 81c7ea0 | 2015-07-03 09:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2517 | |
Alexander Musman | c638868 | 2014-12-15 07:07:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | private: |
Alexander Musman | c638868 | 2014-12-15 07:07:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2519 | /// Helpers for the OpenMP loop directives. |
Alexey Bataev | 0f34da1 | 2015-07-02 04:17:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2520 | void EmitOMPLoopBody(const OMPLoopDirective &D, JumpDest LoopExit); |
Alexey Bataev | a6f2a14 | 2015-12-31 06:52:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | void EmitOMPSimdInit(const OMPLoopDirective &D, bool IsMonotonic = false); |
Alexey Bataev | ef549a8 | 2016-03-09 09:49:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | void EmitOMPSimdFinal( |
| 2523 | const OMPLoopDirective &D, |
| 2524 | const llvm::function_ref<llvm::Value *(CodeGenFunction &)> &CondGen); |
Alexey Bataev | 38e8953 | 2015-04-16 04:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2525 | /// \brief Emit code for the worksharing loop-based directive. |
| 2526 | /// \return true, if this construct has any lastprivate clause, false - |
| 2527 | /// otherwise. |
| 2528 | bool EmitOMPWorksharingLoop(const OMPLoopDirective &S); |
Carlo Bertolli | fc35ad2 | 2016-03-07 16:04:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | void EmitOMPOuterLoop(bool IsMonotonic, bool DynamicOrOrdered, |
| 2530 | const OMPLoopDirective &S, OMPPrivateScope &LoopScope, bool Ordered, |
| 2531 | Address LB, Address UB, Address ST, Address IL, llvm::Value *Chunk); |
Alexey Bataev | 9ebd742 | 2016-05-10 09:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | void EmitOMPForOuterLoop(const OpenMPScheduleTy &ScheduleKind, |
Alexey Bataev | a6f2a14 | 2015-12-31 06:52:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | bool IsMonotonic, const OMPLoopDirective &S, |
| 2534 | OMPPrivateScope &LoopScope, bool Ordered, Address LB, |
| 2535 | Address UB, Address ST, Address IL, |
| 2536 | llvm::Value *Chunk); |
Carlo Bertolli | fc35ad2 | 2016-03-07 16:04:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 | void EmitOMPDistributeOuterLoop( |
| 2538 | OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind ScheduleKind, |
| 2539 | const OMPDistributeDirective &S, OMPPrivateScope &LoopScope, |
| 2540 | Address LB, Address UB, Address ST, Address IL, llvm::Value *Chunk); |
Alexey Bataev | 0f34da1 | 2015-07-02 04:17:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | /// \brief Emit code for sections directive. |
Alexey Bataev | 3392d76 | 2016-02-16 11:18:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2542 | void EmitSections(const OMPExecutableDirective &S); |
Alexander Musman | c638868 | 2014-12-15 07:07:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | |
| 2544 | public: |
Alexander Musman | a5f070a | 2014-10-01 06:03:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | |
Chris Lattner | 208ae96 | 2007-05-30 17:57:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2546 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Chris Lattner | d7f5886 | 2007-06-02 05:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | // LValue Expression Emission |
| 2548 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Chris Lattner | 8394d79 | 2007-06-05 20:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | |
Daniel Dunbar | c79407f | 2009-02-05 07:09:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | /// GetUndefRValue - Get an appropriate 'undef' rvalue for the given type. |
| 2551 | RValue GetUndefRValue(QualType Ty); |
| 2552 | |
Daniel Dunbar | bb197e4 | 2009-01-09 16:50:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | /// EmitUnsupportedRValue - Emit a dummy r-value using the type of E |
| 2554 | /// and issue an ErrorUnsupported style diagnostic (using the |
| 2555 | /// provided Name). |
| 2556 | RValue EmitUnsupportedRValue(const Expr *E, |
| 2557 | const char *Name); |
| 2558 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | /// EmitUnsupportedLValue - Emit a dummy l-value using the type of E and issue |
| 2560 | /// an ErrorUnsupported style diagnostic (using the provided Name). |
Daniel Dunbar | f2e6988 | 2008-08-25 20:45:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 | LValue EmitUnsupportedLValue(const Expr *E, |
| 2562 | const char *Name); |
| 2563 | |
Chris Lattner | 8394d79 | 2007-06-05 20:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | /// EmitLValue - Emit code to compute a designator that specifies the location |
| 2565 | /// of the expression. |
| 2566 | /// |
| 2567 | /// This can return one of two things: a simple address or a bitfield |
| 2568 | /// reference. In either case, the LLVM Value* in the LValue structure is |
| 2569 | /// guaranteed to be an LLVM pointer type. |
| 2570 | /// |
| 2571 | /// If this returns a bitfield reference, nothing about the pointee type of |
| 2572 | /// the LLVM value is known: For example, it may not be a pointer to an |
| 2573 | /// integer. |
| 2574 | /// |
| 2575 | /// If this returns a normal address, and if the lvalue's C type is fixed |
| 2576 | /// size, this method guarantees that the returned pointer type will point to |
| 2577 | /// an LLVM type of the same size of the lvalue's type. If the lvalue has a |
| 2578 | /// variable length type, this is not possible. |
| 2579 | /// |
Chris Lattner | d7f5886 | 2007-06-02 05:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | LValue EmitLValue(const Expr *E); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | |
Richard Smith | 4d1458e | 2012-09-08 02:08:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | /// \brief Same as EmitLValue but additionally we generate checking code to |
| 2583 | /// guard against undefined behavior. This is only suitable when we know |
| 2584 | /// that the address will be used to access the object. |
| 2585 | LValue EmitCheckedLValue(const Expr *E, TypeCheckKind TCK); |
Mike Stump | 3f6f9fe | 2009-12-16 02:57:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2586 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2587 | RValue convertTempToRValue(Address addr, QualType type, |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2588 | SourceLocation Loc); |
John McCall | 47fb950 | 2013-03-07 21:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2589 | |
John McCall | a8ec7eb | 2013-03-07 21:37:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 | void EmitAtomicInit(Expr *E, LValue lvalue); |
| 2591 | |
David Majnemer | a5b195a | 2015-02-14 01:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2592 | bool LValueIsSuitableForInlineAtomic(LValue Src); |
David Majnemer | a5b195a | 2015-02-14 01:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2593 | |
| 2594 | RValue EmitAtomicLoad(LValue LV, SourceLocation SL, |
| 2595 | AggValueSlot Slot = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 2596 | |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 | RValue EmitAtomicLoad(LValue lvalue, SourceLocation loc, |
David Majnemer | a5b195a | 2015-02-14 01:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | llvm::AtomicOrdering AO, bool IsVolatile = false, |
John McCall | a8ec7eb | 2013-03-07 21:37:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | AggValueSlot slot = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 | void EmitAtomicStore(RValue rvalue, LValue lvalue, bool isInit); |
| 2602 | |
David Majnemer | a5b195a | 2015-02-14 01:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | void EmitAtomicStore(RValue rvalue, LValue lvalue, llvm::AtomicOrdering AO, |
| 2604 | bool IsVolatile, bool isInit); |
| 2605 | |
Alexey Bataev | b4505a7 | 2015-03-30 05:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | std::pair<RValue, llvm::Value *> EmitAtomicCompareExchange( |
Alexey Bataev | 452d8e1 | 2014-12-15 05:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | LValue Obj, RValue Expected, RValue Desired, SourceLocation Loc, |
JF Bastien | 92f4ef1 | 2016-04-06 17:26:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | llvm::AtomicOrdering Success = |
| 2609 | llvm::AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent, |
| 2610 | llvm::AtomicOrdering Failure = |
| 2611 | llvm::AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent, |
Alexey Bataev | 452d8e1 | 2014-12-15 05:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | bool IsWeak = false, AggValueSlot Slot = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 2613 | |
Alexey Bataev | b4505a7 | 2015-03-30 05:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | void EmitAtomicUpdate(LValue LVal, llvm::AtomicOrdering AO, |
Alexey Bataev | f0ab553 | 2015-05-15 08:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | const llvm::function_ref<RValue(RValue)> &UpdateOp, |
Alexey Bataev | b4505a7 | 2015-03-30 05:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | bool IsVolatile); |
| 2617 | |
John McCall | 3a7f692 | 2010-10-27 20:58:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | /// EmitToMemory - Change a scalar value from its value |
| 2619 | /// representation to its in-memory representation. |
| 2620 | llvm::Value *EmitToMemory(llvm::Value *Value, QualType Ty); |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | /// EmitFromMemory - Change a scalar value from its memory |
| 2623 | /// representation to its value representation. |
| 2624 | llvm::Value *EmitFromMemory(llvm::Value *Value, QualType Ty); |
| 2625 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 1d42546 | 2009-02-10 00:57:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 | /// EmitLoadOfScalar - Load a scalar value from an address, taking |
| 2627 | /// care to appropriately convert from the memory representation to |
| 2628 | /// the LLVM value representation. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | llvm::Value *EmitLoadOfScalar(Address Addr, bool Volatile, QualType Ty, |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | SourceLocation Loc, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | AlignmentSource AlignSource = |
| 2632 | AlignmentSource::Type, |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | llvm::MDNode *TBAAInfo = nullptr, |
Manman Ren | c451e57 | 2013-04-04 21:53:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2634 | QualType TBAABaseTy = QualType(), |
Michael Zolotukhin | 84df123 | 2015-09-08 23:52:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | uint64_t TBAAOffset = 0, |
| 2636 | bool isNontemporal = false); |
John McCall | 55e1fbc | 2011-06-25 02:11:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | |
| 2638 | /// EmitLoadOfScalar - Load a scalar value from an address, taking |
| 2639 | /// care to appropriately convert from the memory representation to |
| 2640 | /// the LLVM value representation. The l-value must be a simple |
| 2641 | /// l-value. |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 | llvm::Value *EmitLoadOfScalar(LValue lvalue, SourceLocation Loc); |
Daniel Dunbar | 1d42546 | 2009-02-10 00:57:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | |
| 2644 | /// EmitStoreOfScalar - Store a scalar value to an address, taking |
| 2645 | /// care to appropriately convert from the memory representation to |
| 2646 | /// the LLVM value representation. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 | void EmitStoreOfScalar(llvm::Value *Value, Address Addr, |
| 2648 | bool Volatile, QualType Ty, |
| 2649 | AlignmentSource AlignSource = AlignmentSource::Type, |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | llvm::MDNode *TBAAInfo = nullptr, bool isInit = false, |
Manman Ren | c451e57 | 2013-04-04 21:53:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2651 | QualType TBAABaseTy = QualType(), |
Michael Zolotukhin | 84df123 | 2015-09-08 23:52:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 | uint64_t TBAAOffset = 0, bool isNontemporal = false); |
John McCall | 55e1fbc | 2011-06-25 02:11:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 | |
| 2654 | /// EmitStoreOfScalar - Store a scalar value to an address, taking |
| 2655 | /// care to appropriately convert from the memory representation to |
| 2656 | /// the LLVM value representation. The l-value must be a simple |
David Chisnall | fa35df6 | 2012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | /// l-value. The isInit flag indicates whether this is an initialization. |
| 2658 | /// If so, atomic qualifiers are ignored and the store is always non-atomic. |
| 2659 | void EmitStoreOfScalar(llvm::Value *value, LValue lvalue, bool isInit=false); |
Daniel Dunbar | 1d42546 | 2009-02-10 00:57:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | |
Chris Lattner | 8394d79 | 2007-06-05 20:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | /// EmitLoadOfLValue - Given an expression that represents a value lvalue, |
| 2662 | /// this method emits the address of the lvalue, then loads the result as an |
| 2663 | /// rvalue, returning the rvalue. |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | RValue EmitLoadOfLValue(LValue V, SourceLocation Loc); |
John McCall | 55e1fbc | 2011-06-25 02:11:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | RValue EmitLoadOfExtVectorElementLValue(LValue V); |
| 2666 | RValue EmitLoadOfBitfieldLValue(LValue LV); |
Renato Golin | 230c5eb | 2014-05-19 18:15:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 | RValue EmitLoadOfGlobalRegLValue(LValue LV); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | |
Chris Lattner | 8394d79 | 2007-06-05 20:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 | /// EmitStoreThroughLValue - Store the specified rvalue into the specified |
| 2670 | /// lvalue, where both are guaranteed to the have the same type, and that type |
| 2671 | /// is 'Ty'. |
David Blaikie | 66e4197 | 2015-01-14 07:38:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | void EmitStoreThroughLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst, bool isInit = false); |
John McCall | 55e1fbc | 2011-06-25 02:11:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | void EmitStoreThroughExtVectorComponentLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst); |
Renato Golin | 230c5eb | 2014-05-19 18:15:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2674 | void EmitStoreThroughGlobalRegLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst); |
Daniel Dunbar | 9b1335e | 2008-11-19 09:36:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2675 | |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2676 | /// EmitStoreThroughBitfieldLValue - Store Src into Dst with same constraints |
| 2677 | /// as EmitStoreThroughLValue. |
Daniel Dunbar | 9b1335e | 2008-11-19 09:36:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 | /// |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 | /// \param Result [out] - If non-null, this will be set to a Value* for the |
| 2680 | /// bit-field contents after the store, appropriate for use as the result of |
| 2681 | /// an assignment to the bit-field. |
John McCall | 55e1fbc | 2011-06-25 02:11:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 | void EmitStoreThroughBitfieldLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst, |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2683 | llvm::Value **Result=nullptr); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | |
John McCall | 4f29b49 | 2010-11-16 23:07:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 | /// Emit an l-value for an assignment (simple or compound) of complex type. |
| 2686 | LValue EmitComplexAssignmentLValue(const BinaryOperator *E); |
John McCall | a2342eb | 2010-12-05 02:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2687 | LValue EmitComplexCompoundAssignmentLValue(const CompoundAssignOperator *E); |
Richard Smith | 527473d | 2015-02-12 21:23:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2688 | LValue EmitScalarCompoundAssignWithComplex(const CompoundAssignOperator *E, |
| 2689 | llvm::Value *&Result); |
John McCall | 4f29b49 | 2010-11-16 23:07:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | |
Chris Lattner | 57540c5 | 2011-04-15 05:22:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2691 | // Note: only available for agg return types |
Daniel Dunbar | 8cde00a | 2008-09-04 03:20:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | LValue EmitBinaryOperatorLValue(const BinaryOperator *E); |
John McCall | a2342eb | 2010-12-05 02:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | LValue EmitCompoundAssignmentLValue(const CompoundAssignOperator *E); |
Daniel Dunbar | 8d9dc4a | 2009-02-11 20:59:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2694 | // Note: only available for agg return types |
Christopher Lamb | d91c3d4 | 2007-12-29 05:02:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 | LValue EmitCallExprLValue(const CallExpr *E); |
Daniel Dunbar | 8d9dc4a | 2009-02-11 20:59:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2696 | // Note: only available for agg return types |
| 2697 | LValue EmitVAArgExprLValue(const VAArgExpr *E); |
Chris Lattner | d7f5886 | 2007-06-02 05:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2698 | LValue EmitDeclRefLValue(const DeclRefExpr *E); |
Chris Lattner | 4347e369 | 2007-06-06 04:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2699 | LValue EmitStringLiteralLValue(const StringLiteral *E); |
Chris Lattner | d7e7b8e | 2009-02-24 22:18:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2700 | LValue EmitObjCEncodeExprLValue(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E); |
Chris Lattner | 6307f19 | 2008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2701 | LValue EmitPredefinedLValue(const PredefinedExpr *E); |
Chris Lattner | 8394d79 | 2007-06-05 20:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 | LValue EmitUnaryOpLValue(const UnaryOperator *E); |
Richard Smith | 539e4a7 | 2013-02-23 02:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2703 | LValue EmitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E, |
| 2704 | bool Accessed = false); |
Alexey Bataev | d6fdc8b | 2015-08-31 07:32:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 | LValue EmitOMPArraySectionExpr(const OMPArraySectionExpr *E, |
| 2706 | bool IsLowerBound = true); |
Nate Begeman | ce4d7fc | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2707 | LValue EmitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E); |
Devang Patel | 3e11cce | 2007-10-23 02:10:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | LValue EmitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 531c16f | 2009-12-09 23:35:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2709 | LValue EmitObjCIsaExpr(const ObjCIsaExpr *E); |
Eli Friedman | 9fd8b68 | 2008-05-13 23:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2710 | LValue EmitCompoundLiteralLValue(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E); |
Richard Smith | bb653bd | 2012-05-14 21:57:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | LValue EmitInitListLValue(const InitListExpr *E); |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 | LValue EmitConditionalOperatorLValue(const AbstractConditionalOperator *E); |
Chris Lattner | 28bcf1a | 2009-03-18 18:28:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2713 | LValue EmitCastLValue(const CastExpr *E); |
Douglas Gregor | fe31481 | 2011-06-21 17:03:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | LValue EmitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E); |
John McCall | 1bf5846 | 2011-02-16 08:02:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 | LValue EmitOpaqueValueLValue(const OpaqueValueExpr *e); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 91b2fa2 | 2014-08-19 17:17:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2717 | Address EmitExtVectorElementLValue(LValue V); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2718 | |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | RValue EmitRValueForField(LValue LV, const FieldDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
Anton Korobeynikov | 4215ca7 | 2012-04-13 11:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | Address EmitArrayToPointerDecay(const Expr *Array, |
| 2722 | AlignmentSource *AlignSource = nullptr); |
| 2723 | |
John McCall | 7133505 | 2012-03-10 03:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | class ConstantEmission { |
| 2725 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::Constant*, 1, bool> ValueAndIsReference; |
| 2726 | ConstantEmission(llvm::Constant *C, bool isReference) |
| 2727 | : ValueAndIsReference(C, isReference) {} |
| 2728 | public: |
| 2729 | ConstantEmission() {} |
| 2730 | static ConstantEmission forReference(llvm::Constant *C) { |
| 2731 | return ConstantEmission(C, true); |
| 2732 | } |
| 2733 | static ConstantEmission forValue(llvm::Constant *C) { |
| 2734 | return ConstantEmission(C, false); |
| 2735 | } |
| 2736 | |
Aaron Ballman | 6734766 | 2015-02-15 22:00:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | explicit operator bool() const { |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | return ValueAndIsReference.getOpaqueValue() != nullptr; |
| 2739 | } |
John McCall | 7133505 | 2012-03-10 03:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 | |
| 2741 | bool isReference() const { return ValueAndIsReference.getInt(); } |
| 2742 | LValue getReferenceLValue(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Expr *refExpr) const { |
| 2743 | assert(isReference()); |
| 2744 | return CGF.MakeNaturalAlignAddrLValue(ValueAndIsReference.getPointer(), |
| 2745 | refExpr->getType()); |
| 2746 | } |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | llvm::Constant *getValue() const { |
| 2749 | assert(!isReference()); |
| 2750 | return ValueAndIsReference.getPointer(); |
| 2751 | } |
| 2752 | }; |
| 2753 | |
John McCall | 113bee0 | 2012-03-10 09:33:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 | ConstantEmission tryEmitAsConstant(DeclRefExpr *refExpr); |
John McCall | 7133505 | 2012-03-10 03:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | |
John McCall | fe96e0b | 2011-11-06 09:01:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | RValue EmitPseudoObjectRValue(const PseudoObjectExpr *e, |
| 2757 | AggValueSlot slot = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 2758 | LValue EmitPseudoObjectLValue(const PseudoObjectExpr *e); |
| 2759 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 722f424 | 2009-04-22 05:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2760 | llvm::Value *EmitIvarOffset(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface, |
Daniel Dunbar | 1c64e5d | 2008-09-24 04:00:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar); |
Eli Friedman | 7f1ff60 | 2012-04-16 03:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2762 | LValue EmitLValueForField(LValue Base, const FieldDecl* Field); |
John McCall | dec348f7 | 2013-05-03 07:33:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 | LValue EmitLValueForLambdaField(const FieldDecl *Field); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | |
Anders Carlsson | db78f0a | 2010-01-29 05:24:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | /// EmitLValueForFieldInitialization - Like EmitLValueForField, except that |
| 2766 | /// if the Field is a reference, this will return the address of the reference |
| 2767 | /// and not the address of the value stored in the reference. |
Eli Friedman | 7f1ff60 | 2012-04-16 03:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | LValue EmitLValueForFieldInitialization(LValue Base, |
| 2769 | const FieldDecl* Field); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2770 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | c88a70d | 2009-02-03 00:09:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2771 | LValue EmitLValueForIvar(QualType ObjectTy, |
| 2772 | llvm::Value* Base, const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, |
Daniel Dunbar | 1c64e5d | 2008-09-24 04:00:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2773 | unsigned CVRQualifiers); |
| 2774 | |
Anders Carlsson | 3be22e2 | 2009-05-30 23:23:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | LValue EmitCXXConstructLValue(const CXXConstructExpr *E); |
Anders Carlsson | fd2af0c | 2009-05-30 23:30:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | LValue EmitCXXBindTemporaryLValue(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E); |
Eli Friedman | 5bc1712 | 2012-02-08 05:34:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | LValue EmitLambdaLValue(const LambdaExpr *E); |
Mike Stump | c9b231c | 2009-11-15 08:09:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 | LValue EmitCXXTypeidLValue(const CXXTypeidExpr *E); |
Nico Weber | cf4ff586 | 2012-10-11 10:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2779 | LValue EmitCXXUuidofLValue(const CXXUuidofExpr *E); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 | |
Daniel Dunbar | c8317a4 | 2008-08-23 10:51:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | LValue EmitObjCMessageExprLValue(const ObjCMessageExpr *E); |
Chris Lattner | 4bd5596 | 2008-03-30 23:03:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 | LValue EmitObjCIvarRefLValue(const ObjCIvarRefExpr *E); |
Chris Lattner | a4185c5 | 2009-04-25 19:35:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2783 | LValue EmitStmtExprLValue(const StmtExpr *E); |
Fariborz Jahanian | ffba662 | 2009-10-22 22:57:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | LValue EmitPointerToDataMemberBinaryExpr(const BinaryOperator *E); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 9240f3d | 2010-06-17 19:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2785 | LValue EmitObjCSelectorLValue(const ObjCSelectorExpr *E); |
Yunzhong Gao | 0ebf1bb | 2013-08-30 08:53:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 | void EmitDeclRefExprDbgValue(const DeclRefExpr *E, llvm::Constant *Init); |
John McCall | c07a0c7 | 2011-02-17 10:25:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 | |
Chris Lattner | d7f5886 | 2007-06-02 05:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Chris Lattner | 6278e6a | 2007-08-11 00:04:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 | // Scalar Expression Emission |
Chris Lattner | 208ae96 | 2007-05-30 17:57:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2790 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2791 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | /// EmitCall - Generate a call of the given function, expecting the given |
| 2793 | /// result type, and using the given argument list which specifies both the |
| 2794 | /// LLVM arguments and the types they were derived from. |
Samuel Antao | 798f11c | 2015-11-23 22:04:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 | RValue EmitCall(const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo, llvm::Value *Callee, |
| 2796 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, const CallArgList &Args, |
| 2797 | CGCalleeInfo CalleeInfo = CGCalleeInfo(), |
Craig Topper | 8a13c41 | 2014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | llvm::Instruction **callOrInvoke = nullptr); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | |
Alexey Samsonov | 70b9c01 | 2014-08-21 20:26:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 | RValue EmitCall(QualType FnType, llvm::Value *Callee, const CallExpr *E, |
Anders Carlsson | 1749083 | 2009-12-24 20:40:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
Samuel Antao | 798f11c | 2015-11-23 22:04:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 | CGCalleeInfo CalleeInfo = CGCalleeInfo(), |
Peter Collingbourne | f770683 | 2014-12-12 23:41:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 | llvm::Value *Chain = nullptr); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 | RValue EmitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, |
Anders Carlsson | 1749083 | 2009-12-24 20:40:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue = ReturnValueSlot()); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 | |
Eric Christopher | c7e79db | 2015-11-12 00:44:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2807 | void checkTargetFeatures(const CallExpr *E, const FunctionDecl *TargetDecl); |
Eric Christopher | 1570999 | 2015-10-15 23:47:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2808 | |
John McCall | 882987f | 2013-02-28 19:01:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 | llvm::CallInst *EmitRuntimeCall(llvm::Value *callee, |
| 2810 | const Twine &name = ""); |
| 2811 | llvm::CallInst *EmitRuntimeCall(llvm::Value *callee, |
| 2812 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value*> args, |
| 2813 | const Twine &name = ""); |
| 2814 | llvm::CallInst *EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(llvm::Value *callee, |
| 2815 | const Twine &name = ""); |
| 2816 | llvm::CallInst *EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(llvm::Value *callee, |
| 2817 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value*> args, |
| 2818 | const Twine &name = ""); |
| 2819 | |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | llvm::CallSite EmitCallOrInvoke(llvm::Value *Callee, |
Chris Lattner | 54b1677 | 2011-07-23 17:14:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> Args, |
Chris Lattner | 62ff6e8 | 2011-07-20 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | const Twine &Name = ""); |
John McCall | 882987f | 2013-02-28 19:01:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2823 | llvm::CallSite EmitRuntimeCallOrInvoke(llvm::Value *callee, |
| 2824 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value*> args, |
| 2825 | const Twine &name = ""); |
| 2826 | llvm::CallSite EmitRuntimeCallOrInvoke(llvm::Value *callee, |
| 2827 | const Twine &name = ""); |
| 2828 | void EmitNoreturnRuntimeCallOrInvoke(llvm::Value *callee, |
| 2829 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value*> args); |
John McCall | bd30929 | 2010-07-06 01:34:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2830 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 47609b0 | 2011-01-20 17:19:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | llvm::Value *BuildAppleKextVirtualCall(const CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 2832 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qual, |
Chris Lattner | 2192fe5 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | llvm::Type *Ty); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 265c325 | 2011-02-01 23:22:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | |
| 2835 | llvm::Value *BuildAppleKextVirtualDestructorCall(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD, |
| 2836 | CXXDtorType Type, |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7f6f81b | 2011-02-03 19:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2837 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
Anders Carlsson | e828c36 | 2009-11-13 04:45:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2838 | |
Alexey Samsonov | a5bf76b | 2014-08-25 20:17:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2839 | RValue |
| 2840 | EmitCXXMemberOrOperatorCall(const CXXMethodDecl *MD, llvm::Value *Callee, |
| 2841 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, llvm::Value *This, |
| 2842 | llvm::Value *ImplicitParam, |
| 2843 | QualType ImplicitParamTy, const CallExpr *E); |
Alexey Samsonov | ae81bbb | 2016-03-10 00:20:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 | RValue EmitCXXDestructorCall(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD, llvm::Value *Callee, |
| 2845 | llvm::Value *This, llvm::Value *ImplicitParam, |
| 2846 | QualType ImplicitParamTy, const CallExpr *E, |
| 2847 | StructorType Type); |
Anders Carlsson | bfb3671 | 2009-12-24 21:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | RValue EmitCXXMemberCallExpr(const CXXMemberCallExpr *E, |
| 2849 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
Nico Weber | aad4af6 | 2014-12-03 01:21:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | RValue EmitCXXMemberOrOperatorMemberCallExpr(const CallExpr *CE, |
| 2851 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 2852 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 2853 | bool HasQualifier, |
| 2854 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 2855 | bool IsArrow, const Expr *Base); |
| 2856 | // Compute the object pointer. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | Address EmitCXXMemberDataPointerAddress(const Expr *E, Address base, |
| 2858 | llvm::Value *memberPtr, |
| 2859 | const MemberPointerType *memberPtrType, |
| 2860 | AlignmentSource *AlignSource = nullptr); |
Anders Carlsson | bfb3671 | 2009-12-24 21:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | RValue EmitCXXMemberPointerCallExpr(const CXXMemberCallExpr *E, |
| 2862 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
Ted Kremenek | 08e1711 | 2008-06-17 02:43:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4034a95 | 2009-05-27 04:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | RValue EmitCXXOperatorMemberCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *E, |
Anders Carlsson | bfb3671 | 2009-12-24 21:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 2866 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 | |
Peter Collingbourne | fe88342 | 2011-10-06 18:29:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | RValue EmitCUDAKernelCallExpr(const CUDAKernelCallExpr *E, |
| 2869 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
| 2870 | |
Justin Lebar | 3039a59 | 2016-01-23 21:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | RValue EmitCUDADevicePrintfCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, |
| 2872 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 | |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 | RValue EmitBuiltinExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
Peter Collingbourne | f770683 | 2014-12-12 23:41:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E, |
| 2876 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
Chris Lattner | 8394d79 | 2007-06-05 20:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 | |
Anders Carlsson | bfb3671 | 2009-12-24 21:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 | RValue EmitBlockCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
Mike Stump | c6ea7c1 | 2009-02-17 17:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 | /// EmitTargetBuiltinExpr - Emit the given builtin call. Returns 0 if the call |
| 2881 | /// is unhandled by the current target. |
Daniel Dunbar | eca513d | 2008-10-10 00:24:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | llvm::Value *EmitTargetBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 2883 | |
Kevin Qin | 1718af6 | 2013-11-14 02:45:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | llvm::Value *EmitAArch64CompareBuiltinExpr(llvm::Value *Op, llvm::Type *Ty, |
| 2885 | const llvm::CmpInst::Predicate Fp, |
| 2886 | const llvm::CmpInst::Predicate Ip, |
| 2887 | const llvm::Twine &Name = ""); |
Chris Lattner | 5cc15e0 | 2010-03-03 19:03:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 | llvm::Value *EmitARMBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
Tim Northover | 8fe03d6 | 2014-02-21 11:57:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | |
| 2890 | llvm::Value *EmitCommonNeonBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 2891 | unsigned LLVMIntrinsic, |
| 2892 | unsigned AltLLVMIntrinsic, |
| 2893 | const char *NameHint, |
| 2894 | unsigned Modifier, |
| 2895 | const CallExpr *E, |
Tim Northover | 027b4ee | 2014-01-31 10:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | Address PtrOp0, Address PtrOp1); |
Tim Northover | 8fe03d6 | 2014-02-21 11:57:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | llvm::Function *LookupNeonLLVMIntrinsic(unsigned IntrinsicID, |
| 2899 | unsigned Modifier, llvm::Type *ArgTy, |
| 2900 | const CallExpr *E); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2901 | llvm::Value *EmitNeonCall(llvm::Function *F, |
Chris Lattner | 01cf8db | 2011-07-20 06:58:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value*> &O, |
Bob Wilson | 482afae | 2010-12-08 22:37:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | const char *name, |
Nate Begeman | 91e1fea | 2010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2904 | unsigned shift = 0, bool rightshift = false); |
Bob Wilson | 210f6dd | 2010-12-07 22:40:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | llvm::Value *EmitNeonSplat(llvm::Value *V, llvm::Constant *Idx); |
Chris Lattner | 2192fe5 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 | llvm::Value *EmitNeonShiftVector(llvm::Value *V, llvm::Type *Ty, |
Nate Begeman | 91e1fea | 2010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 | bool negateForRightShift); |
Amaury de la Vieuville | 21bf6ed | 2013-10-04 13:13:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | llvm::Value *EmitNeonRShiftImm(llvm::Value *Vec, llvm::Value *Amt, |
| 2909 | llvm::Type *Ty, bool usgn, const char *name); |
Tim Northover | a2ee433 | 2014-03-29 15:09:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2910 | llvm::Value *vectorWrapScalar16(llvm::Value *Op); |
Tim Northover | 573cbee | 2014-05-24 12:52:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | llvm::Value *EmitAArch64BuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 | |
Bill Wendling | f1a3fca | 2012-02-22 09:30:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | llvm::Value *BuildVector(ArrayRef<llvm::Value*> Ops); |
Anders Carlsson | 895af08 | 2007-12-09 23:17:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2914 | llvm::Value *EmitX86BuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 2915 | llvm::Value *EmitPPCBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
Matt Arsenault | 3ea39f9 | 2015-06-19 17:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2916 | llvm::Value *EmitAMDGPUBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
Ulrich Weigand | 3a610eb | 2015-04-01 12:54:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | llvm::Value *EmitSystemZBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
Artem Belevich | d21e5c6 | 2015-06-25 18:29:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 | llvm::Value *EmitNVPTXBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
Dan Gohman | c285307 | 2015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | llvm::Value *EmitWebAssemblyBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 2920 | const CallExpr *E); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 66912a1 | 2008-08-20 00:28:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2922 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCProtocolExpr(const ObjCProtocolExpr *E); |
Chris Lattner | 2da04b3 | 2007-08-24 05:35:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2923 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E); |
Patrick Beard | 0caa394 | 2012-04-19 00:25:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCBoxedExpr(const ObjCBoxedExpr *E); |
Ted Kremenek | e65b086 | 2012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCArrayLiteral(const ObjCArrayLiteral *E); |
| 2926 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCDictionaryLiteral(const ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E); |
| 2927 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCCollectionLiteral(const Expr *E, |
Fariborz Jahanian | 9ad94aa | 2014-10-28 18:28:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 | const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodWithObjects); |
Chris Lattner | b1d329d | 2008-06-24 17:04:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2929 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCSelectorExpr(const ObjCSelectorExpr *E); |
John McCall | 78a1511 | 2010-05-22 01:48:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2930 | RValue EmitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *E, |
| 2931 | ReturnValueSlot Return = ReturnValueSlot()); |
Chris Lattner | b1d329d | 2008-06-24 17:04:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 | |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | /// Retrieves the default cleanup kind for an ARC cleanup. |
| 2934 | /// Except under -fobjc-arc-eh, ARC cleanups are normal-only. |
| 2935 | CleanupKind getARCCleanupKind() { |
| 2936 | return CGM.getCodeGenOpts().ObjCAutoRefCountExceptions |
| 2937 | ? NormalAndEHCleanup : NormalCleanup; |
| 2938 | } |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | // ARC primitives. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | void EmitARCInitWeak(Address addr, llvm::Value *value); |
| 2942 | void EmitARCDestroyWeak(Address addr); |
John McCall | b04ecb7 | 2015-10-21 18:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2943 | llvm::Value *EmitARCLoadWeak(Address addr); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2944 | llvm::Value *EmitARCLoadWeakRetained(Address addr); |
| 2945 | llvm::Value *EmitARCStoreWeak(Address addr, llvm::Value *value, bool ignored); |
| 2946 | void EmitARCCopyWeak(Address dst, Address src); |
| 2947 | void EmitARCMoveWeak(Address dst, Address src); |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainAutorelease(QualType type, llvm::Value *value); |
| 2949 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainAutoreleaseNonBlock(llvm::Value *value); |
John McCall | 55e1fbc | 2011-06-25 02:11:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | llvm::Value *EmitARCStoreStrong(LValue lvalue, llvm::Value *value, |
John McCall | cdda29c | 2013-03-13 03:10:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2951 | bool resultIgnored); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | llvm::Value *EmitARCStoreStrongCall(Address addr, llvm::Value *value, |
John McCall | cdda29c | 2013-03-13 03:10:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | bool resultIgnored); |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetain(QualType type, llvm::Value *value); |
Pete Cooper | 9486771 | 2016-03-21 20:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainNonBlock(llvm::Value *value); |
John McCall | ff61303 | 2011-10-04 06:23:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainBlock(llvm::Value *value, bool mandatory); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2957 | void EmitARCDestroyStrong(Address addr, ARCPreciseLifetime_t precise); |
John McCall | cdda29c | 2013-03-13 03:10:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | void EmitARCRelease(llvm::Value *value, ARCPreciseLifetime_t precise); |
Pete Cooper | 9486771 | 2016-03-21 20:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | llvm::Value *EmitARCAutorelease(llvm::Value *value); |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | llvm::Value *EmitARCAutoreleaseReturnValue(llvm::Value *value); |
| 2961 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainAutoreleaseReturnValue(llvm::Value *value); |
| 2962 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValue(llvm::Value *value); |
John McCall | e399e5b | 2016-01-27 18:32:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2963 | llvm::Value *EmitARCUnsafeClaimAutoreleasedReturnValue(llvm::Value *value); |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | |
| 2965 | std::pair<LValue,llvm::Value*> |
| 2966 | EmitARCStoreAutoreleasing(const BinaryOperator *e); |
| 2967 | std::pair<LValue,llvm::Value*> |
| 2968 | EmitARCStoreStrong(const BinaryOperator *e, bool ignored); |
John McCall | e399e5b | 2016-01-27 18:32:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | std::pair<LValue,llvm::Value*> |
| 2970 | EmitARCStoreUnsafeUnretained(const BinaryOperator *e, bool ignored); |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2971 | |
John McCall | 248512a | 2011-10-01 10:32:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2972 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCThrowOperand(const Expr *expr); |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2973 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCConsumeObject(QualType T, llvm::Value *Ptr); |
| 2974 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCExtendObjectLifetime(QualType T, llvm::Value *Ptr); |
| 2975 | |
John McCall | ff61303 | 2011-10-04 06:23:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 | llvm::Value *EmitARCExtendBlockObject(const Expr *expr); |
John McCall | e399e5b | 2016-01-27 18:32:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2977 | llvm::Value *EmitARCReclaimReturnedObject(const Expr *e, |
| 2978 | bool allowUnsafeClaim); |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2979 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainScalarExpr(const Expr *expr); |
| 2980 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainAutoreleaseScalarExpr(const Expr *expr); |
John McCall | e399e5b | 2016-01-27 18:32:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 | llvm::Value *EmitARCUnsafeUnretainedScalarExpr(const Expr *expr); |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | |
Craig Topper | 00bbdcf | 2014-06-28 23:22:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2983 | void EmitARCIntrinsicUse(ArrayRef<llvm::Value*> values); |
John McCall | eff1884 | 2013-03-23 02:35:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2984 | |
John McCall | 82fe67b | 2011-07-09 01:37:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2985 | static Destroyer destroyARCStrongImprecise; |
| 2986 | static Destroyer destroyARCStrongPrecise; |
| 2987 | static Destroyer destroyARCWeak; |
| 2988 | |
John McCall | 31168b0 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | void EmitObjCAutoreleasePoolPop(llvm::Value *Ptr); |
| 2990 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCAutoreleasePoolPush(); |
| 2991 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCMRRAutoreleasePoolPush(); |
| 2992 | void EmitObjCAutoreleasePoolCleanup(llvm::Value *Ptr); |
| 2993 | void EmitObjCMRRAutoreleasePoolPop(llvm::Value *Ptr); |
| 2994 | |
Richard Smith | a1c9d4d | 2013-06-12 23:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2995 | /// \brief Emits a reference binding to the passed in expression. |
| 2996 | RValue EmitReferenceBindingToExpr(const Expr *E); |
Anders Carlsson | ab0ddb5 | 2010-01-31 18:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 | |
Chris Lattner | 6278e6a | 2007-08-11 00:04:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Chris Lattner | bda69f8 | 2007-08-26 23:13:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | // Expression Emission |
Chris Lattner | 6278e6a | 2007-08-11 00:04:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Chris Lattner | bda69f8 | 2007-08-26 23:13:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | |
| 3002 | // Expressions are broken into three classes: scalar, complex, aggregate. |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3003 | |
| 3004 | /// EmitScalarExpr - Emit the computation of the specified expression of LLVM |
| 3005 | /// scalar type, returning the result. |
Anders Carlsson | 5b106a7 | 2009-08-16 07:36:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3006 | llvm::Value *EmitScalarExpr(const Expr *E , bool IgnoreResultAssign = false); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 | |
Filipe Cabecinhas | 650d7f7 | 2015-08-05 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | /// Emit a conversion from the specified type to the specified destination |
| 3009 | /// type, both of which are LLVM scalar types. |
Chris Lattner | 3474c20 | 2007-08-26 06:48:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | llvm::Value *EmitScalarConversion(llvm::Value *Src, QualType SrcTy, |
Filipe Cabecinhas | 7af183d | 2015-08-11 04:19:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 | QualType DstTy, SourceLocation Loc); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3012 | |
Filipe Cabecinhas | 650d7f7 | 2015-08-05 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | /// Emit a conversion from the specified complex type to the specified |
| 3014 | /// destination type, where the destination type is an LLVM scalar type. |
Chris Lattner | 42e6b81 | 2007-08-26 16:34:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | llvm::Value *EmitComplexToScalarConversion(ComplexPairTy Src, QualType SrcTy, |
Filipe Cabecinhas | 7af183d | 2015-08-11 04:19:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3016 | QualType DstTy, |
| 3017 | SourceLocation Loc); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 | |
John McCall | 7a626f6 | 2010-09-15 10:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | /// EmitAggExpr - Emit the computation of the specified expression |
| 3020 | /// of aggregate type. The result is computed into the given slot, |
| 3021 | /// which may be null to indicate that the value is not needed. |
John McCall | 4e8ca4f | 2012-07-02 23:58:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | void EmitAggExpr(const Expr *E, AggValueSlot AS); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | |
Daniel Dunbar | d0bc7b9 | 2010-02-05 19:38:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | /// EmitAggExprToLValue - Emit the computation of the specified expression of |
| 3025 | /// aggregate type into a temporary LValue. |
| 3026 | LValue EmitAggExprToLValue(const Expr *E); |
| 3027 | |
John McCall | 1bd2556 | 2011-06-24 23:21:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3028 | /// EmitExtendGCLifetime - Given a pointer to an Objective-C object, |
| 3029 | /// make sure it survives garbage collection until this point. |
| 3030 | void EmitExtendGCLifetime(llvm::Value *object); |
| 3031 | |
Chris Lattner | cbfc73b | 2007-08-21 05:54:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3032 | /// EmitComplexExpr - Emit the computation of the specified expression of |
Chris Lattner | 08b15df | 2007-08-23 23:43:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3033 | /// complex type, returning the result. |
John McCall | 07bb196 | 2010-11-16 10:08:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3034 | ComplexPairTy EmitComplexExpr(const Expr *E, |
| 3035 | bool IgnoreReal = false, |
| 3036 | bool IgnoreImag = false); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3037 | |
John McCall | 47fb950 | 2013-03-07 21:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 | /// EmitComplexExprIntoLValue - Emit the given expression of complex |
| 3039 | /// type and place its result into the specified l-value. |
David Blaikie | 66e4197 | 2015-01-14 07:38:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3040 | void EmitComplexExprIntoLValue(const Expr *E, LValue dest, bool isInit); |
Daniel Dunbar | 4b8c6db | 2008-08-30 05:35:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3041 | |
John McCall | 47fb950 | 2013-03-07 21:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3042 | /// EmitStoreOfComplex - Store a complex number into the specified l-value. |
David Blaikie | 66e4197 | 2015-01-14 07:38:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3043 | void EmitStoreOfComplex(ComplexPairTy V, LValue dest, bool isInit); |
John McCall | 47fb950 | 2013-03-07 21:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3044 | |
| 3045 | /// EmitLoadOfComplex - Load a complex number from the specified l-value. |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | ComplexPairTy EmitLoadOfComplex(LValue src, SourceLocation loc); |
Chris Lattner | b781dc79 | 2008-05-08 05:58:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3047 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3048 | Address emitAddrOfRealComponent(Address complex, QualType complexType); |
| 3049 | Address emitAddrOfImagComponent(Address complex, QualType complexType); |
| 3050 | |
Chandler Carruth | 8453795 | 2012-03-30 19:44:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3051 | /// AddInitializerToStaticVarDecl - Add the initializer for 'D' to the |
| 3052 | /// global variable that has already been created for it. If the initializer |
| 3053 | /// has a different type than GV does, this may free GV and return a different |
| 3054 | /// one. Otherwise it just returns GV. |
| 3055 | llvm::GlobalVariable * |
| 3056 | AddInitializerToStaticVarDecl(const VarDecl &D, |
| 3057 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3058 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 22a87f9 | 2009-02-25 19:24:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | |
Anders Carlsson | f40886a | 2009-08-08 21:45:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3060 | /// EmitCXXGlobalVarDeclInit - Create the initializer for a C++ |
| 3061 | /// variable with global storage. |
Richard Smith | 6331c40 | 2012-02-13 22:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3062 | void EmitCXXGlobalVarDeclInit(const VarDecl &D, llvm::Constant *DeclPtr, |
| 3063 | bool PerformInit); |
Anders Carlsson | f40886a | 2009-08-08 21:45:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3064 | |
David Majnemer | b3341ea | 2014-10-05 05:05:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 | llvm::Constant *createAtExitStub(const VarDecl &VD, llvm::Constant *Dtor, |
| 3066 | llvm::Constant *Addr); |
| 3067 | |
John McCall | c84ed6a | 2012-05-01 06:13:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3068 | /// Call atexit() with a function that passes the given argument to |
| 3069 | /// the given function. |
David Blaikie | ebe87e1 | 2013-08-27 23:57:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 | void registerGlobalDtorWithAtExit(const VarDecl &D, llvm::Constant *fn, |
| 3071 | llvm::Constant *addr); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3072 | |
John McCall | cdf7ef5 | 2010-11-06 09:44:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3073 | /// Emit code in this function to perform a guarded variable |
| 3074 | /// initialization. Guarded initializations are used when it's not |
| 3075 | /// possible to prove that an initialization will be done exactly |
| 3076 | /// once, e.g. with a static local variable or a static data member |
| 3077 | /// of a class template. |
Chandler Carruth | 8453795 | 2012-03-30 19:44:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 | void EmitCXXGuardedInit(const VarDecl &D, llvm::GlobalVariable *DeclPtr, |
Richard Smith | 6331c40 | 2012-02-13 22:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 | bool PerformInit); |
John McCall | 68ff037 | 2010-09-08 01:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | |
Daniel Dunbar | fe06df4 | 2010-03-20 04:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 | /// GenerateCXXGlobalInitFunc - Generates code for initializing global |
| 3082 | /// variables. |
| 3083 | void GenerateCXXGlobalInitFunc(llvm::Function *Fn, |
David Majnemer | b3341ea | 2014-10-05 05:05:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3084 | ArrayRef<llvm::Function *> CXXThreadLocals, |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 | Address Guard = Address::invalid()); |
Daniel Dunbar | fe06df4 | 2010-03-20 04:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3086 | |
John McCall | ee08c53 | 2012-04-06 18:21:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3087 | /// GenerateCXXGlobalDtorsFunc - Generates code for destroying global |
Daniel Dunbar | fe06df4 | 2010-03-20 04:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | /// variables. |
John McCall | ee08c53 | 2012-04-06 18:21:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | void GenerateCXXGlobalDtorsFunc(llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 3090 | const std::vector<std::pair<llvm::WeakVH, |
| 3091 | llvm::Constant*> > &DtorsAndObjects); |
Daniel Dunbar | fe06df4 | 2010-03-20 04:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | |
John McCall | a738c25 | 2011-03-09 04:27:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 | void GenerateCXXGlobalVarDeclInitFunc(llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 3094 | const VarDecl *D, |
Richard Smith | 6331c40 | 2012-02-13 22:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3095 | llvm::GlobalVariable *Addr, |
| 3096 | bool PerformInit); |
Daniel Dunbar | fe06df4 | 2010-03-20 04:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | |
John McCall | 7a626f6 | 2010-09-15 10:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | void EmitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E, AggValueSlot Dest); |
Fariborz Jahanian | e988bda | 2010-11-13 21:53:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 | void EmitSynthesizedCXXCopyCtor(Address Dest, Address Src, const Expr *Exp); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | |
John McCall | 08ef466 | 2011-11-10 08:15:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | void enterFullExpression(const ExprWithCleanups *E) { |
| 3103 | if (E->getNumObjects() == 0) return; |
| 3104 | enterNonTrivialFullExpression(E); |
| 3105 | } |
| 3106 | void enterNonTrivialFullExpression(const ExprWithCleanups *E); |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | |
Richard Smith | ea85232 | 2013-05-07 21:53:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | void EmitCXXThrowExpr(const CXXThrowExpr *E, bool KeepInsertionPoint = true); |
Douglas Gregor | c278d1b | 2010-05-16 00:44:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | |
Eli Friedman | c370a7e | 2012-02-09 03:32:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | void EmitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E, AggValueSlot Dest); |
| 3111 | |
Tim Northover | cc2a6e0 | 2015-11-09 19:56:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3112 | RValue EmitAtomicExpr(AtomicExpr *E); |
Eli Friedman | df14b3a | 2011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 88402ce | 2008-08-04 16:51:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3114 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Julien Lerouge | 5a6b698 | 2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3115 | // Annotations Emission |
| 3116 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | /// Emit an annotation call (intrinsic or builtin). |
| 3119 | llvm::Value *EmitAnnotationCall(llvm::Value *AnnotationFn, |
| 3120 | llvm::Value *AnnotatedVal, |
Dmitri Gribenko | f857950 | 2013-01-12 19:30:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3121 | StringRef AnnotationStr, |
Julien Lerouge | 5a6b698 | 2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | SourceLocation Location); |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | /// Emit local annotations for the local variable V, declared by D. |
| 3125 | void EmitVarAnnotations(const VarDecl *D, llvm::Value *V); |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | /// Emit field annotations for the given field & value. Returns the |
| 3128 | /// annotation result. |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | Address EmitFieldAnnotations(const FieldDecl *D, Address V); |
Julien Lerouge | 5a6b698 | 2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | |
| 3131 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Daniel Dunbar | 88402ce | 2008-08-04 16:51:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3132 | // Internal Helpers |
| 3133 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 | |
Chris Lattner | 5b1964b | 2008-11-11 07:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3135 | /// ContainsLabel - Return true if the statement contains a label in it. If |
| 3136 | /// this statement is not executed normally, it not containing a label means |
| 3137 | /// that we can just remove the code. |
| 3138 | static bool ContainsLabel(const Stmt *S, bool IgnoreCaseStmts = false); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3139 | |
Chris Lattner | 29911cc | 2011-02-28 00:18:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3140 | /// containsBreak - Return true if the statement contains a break out of it. |
| 3141 | /// If the statement (recursively) contains a switch or loop with a break |
| 3142 | /// inside of it, this is fine. |
| 3143 | static bool containsBreak(const Stmt *S); |
| 3144 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 682712c | 2008-11-12 10:12:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 | /// ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger - If the specified expression does not fold |
Chris Lattner | 41c6ab5 | 2011-02-27 23:02:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 | /// to a constant, or if it does but contains a label, return false. If it |
| 3147 | /// constant folds return true and set the boolean result in Result. |
Richard Smith | b130fe7 | 2016-06-23 19:16:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | bool ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(const Expr *Cond, bool &Result, |
| 3149 | bool AllowLabels = false); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3150 | |
Chris Lattner | 29911cc | 2011-02-28 00:18:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3151 | /// ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger - If the specified expression does not fold |
| 3152 | /// to a constant, or if it does but contains a label, return false. If it |
| 3153 | /// constant folds return true and set the folded value. |
Richard Smith | b130fe7 | 2016-06-23 19:16:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | bool ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(const Expr *Cond, llvm::APSInt &Result, |
| 3155 | bool AllowLabels = false); |
| 3156 | |
Chris Lattner | cd43929 | 2008-11-12 08:04:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | /// EmitBranchOnBoolExpr - Emit a branch on a boolean condition (e.g. for an |
| 3158 | /// if statement) to the specified blocks. Based on the condition, this might |
| 3159 | /// try to simplify the codegen of the conditional based on the branch. |
Justin Bogner | ef512b9 | 2014-01-06 22:27:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3160 | /// TrueCount should be the number of times we expect the condition to |
| 3161 | /// evaluate to true based on PGO data. |
Chris Lattner | b7a9e16 | 2008-11-12 07:46:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | void EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(const Expr *Cond, llvm::BasicBlock *TrueBlock, |
Justin Bogner | ef512b9 | 2014-01-06 22:27:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3163 | llvm::BasicBlock *FalseBlock, uint64_t TrueCount); |
Mike Stump | ba6a0c4 | 2009-12-14 21:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | |
Richard Smith | e30752c | 2012-10-09 19:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | /// \brief Emit a description of a type in a format suitable for passing to |
| 3166 | /// a runtime sanitizer handler. |
| 3167 | llvm::Constant *EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(QualType T); |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 | /// \brief Convert a value into a format suitable for passing to a runtime |
| 3170 | /// sanitizer handler. |
| 3171 | llvm::Value *EmitCheckValue(llvm::Value *V); |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 | /// \brief Emit a description of a source location in a format suitable for |
| 3174 | /// passing to a runtime sanitizer handler. |
| 3175 | llvm::Constant *EmitCheckSourceLocation(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3176 | |
Richard Smith | de67068 | 2012-11-01 22:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | /// \brief Create a basic block that will call a handler function in a |
| 3178 | /// sanitizer runtime with the provided arguments, and create a conditional |
| 3179 | /// branch to it. |
Peter Collingbourne | 3eea677 | 2015-05-11 21:39:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3180 | void EmitCheck(ArrayRef<std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerMask>> Checked, |
Alexey Samsonov | e396bfc | 2014-11-11 22:03:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3181 | StringRef CheckName, ArrayRef<llvm::Constant *> StaticArgs, |
| 3182 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> DynamicArgs); |
Michael J. Spencer | f5a1fbc | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 | |
Evgeniy Stepanov | fd6f92d | 2015-12-15 23:00:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | /// \brief Emit a slow path cross-DSO CFI check which calls __cfi_slowpath |
| 3185 | /// if Cond if false. |
Evgeniy Stepanov | 3fd61df | 2016-01-25 23:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | void EmitCfiSlowPathCheck(SanitizerMask Kind, llvm::Value *Cond, |
| 3187 | llvm::ConstantInt *TypeId, llvm::Value *Ptr, |
| 3188 | ArrayRef<llvm::Constant *> StaticArgs); |
Evgeniy Stepanov | fd6f92d | 2015-12-15 23:00:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 | |
Richard Smith | de67068 | 2012-11-01 22:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | /// \brief Create a basic block that will call the trap intrinsic, and emit a |
| 3191 | /// conditional branch to it, for the -ftrapv checks. |
Chad Rosier | ae229d5 | 2013-01-29 23:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 | void EmitTrapCheck(llvm::Value *Checked); |
Richard Smith | de67068 | 2012-11-01 22:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 | |
Akira Hatanaka | 85365cd | 2015-07-02 22:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | /// \brief Emit a call to trap or debugtrap and attach function attribute |
| 3195 | /// "trap-func-name" if specified. |
| 3196 | llvm::CallInst *EmitTrapCall(llvm::Intrinsic::ID IntrID); |
| 3197 | |
Evgeniy Stepanov | 3fd61df | 2016-01-25 23:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3198 | /// \brief Emit a cross-DSO CFI failure handling function. |
| 3199 | void EmitCfiCheckFail(); |
| 3200 | |
Nuno Lopes | 1ba2d78 | 2015-05-30 16:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3201 | /// \brief Create a check for a function parameter that may potentially be |
| 3202 | /// declared as non-null. |
| 3203 | void EmitNonNullArgCheck(RValue RV, QualType ArgType, SourceLocation ArgLoc, |
| 3204 | const FunctionDecl *FD, unsigned ParmNum); |
| 3205 | |
Anders Carlsson | 093bdff | 2010-03-30 03:27:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3206 | /// EmitCallArg - Emit a single call argument. |
John McCall | 32ea969 | 2011-03-11 20:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3207 | void EmitCallArg(CallArgList &args, const Expr *E, QualType ArgType); |
Anders Carlsson | 093bdff | 2010-03-30 03:27:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3208 | |
John McCall | 23f6626 | 2010-05-26 22:34:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3209 | /// EmitDelegateCallArg - We are performing a delegate call; that |
| 3210 | /// is, the current function is delegating to another one. Produce |
| 3211 | /// a r-value suitable for passing the given parameter. |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 | void EmitDelegateCallArg(CallArgList &args, const VarDecl *param, |
| 3213 | SourceLocation loc); |
John McCall | 23f6626 | 2010-05-26 22:34:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 95fd2ca | 2011-10-27 19:19:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 | /// SetFPAccuracy - Set the minimum required accuracy of the given floating |
| 3216 | /// point operation, expressed as the maximum relative error in ulp. |
Duncan Sands | e81111c | 2012-04-10 08:23:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3217 | void SetFPAccuracy(llvm::Value *Val, float Accuracy); |
Peter Collingbourne | 95fd2ca | 2011-10-27 19:19:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 | |
Chris Lattner | cd43929 | 2008-11-12 08:04:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3219 | private: |
Rafael Espindola | 5c0034a | 2012-03-24 16:50:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 | llvm::MDNode *getRangeForLoadFromType(QualType Ty); |
Daniel Dunbar | 1c64e5d | 2008-09-24 04:00:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 | void EmitReturnOfRValue(RValue RV, QualType Ty); |
| 3222 | |
Reid Kleckner | 314ef7b | 2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3223 | void deferPlaceholderReplacement(llvm::Instruction *Old, llvm::Value *New); |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::Instruction *, llvm::Value *>, 4> |
| 3226 | DeferredReplacements; |
| 3227 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | /// Set the address of a local variable. |
| 3229 | void setAddrOfLocalVar(const VarDecl *VD, Address Addr) { |
| 3230 | assert(!LocalDeclMap.count(VD) && "Decl already exists in LocalDeclMap!"); |
| 3231 | LocalDeclMap.insert({VD, Addr}); |
| 3232 | } |
| 3233 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 8fc81b0 | 2008-09-17 00:51:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3234 | /// ExpandTypeFromArgs - Reconstruct a structure of type \arg Ty |
| 3235 | /// from function arguments into \arg Dst. See ABIArgInfo::Expand. |
| 3236 | /// |
| 3237 | /// \param AI - The first function argument of the expansion. |
Alexey Samsonov | 91cf455 | 2014-08-22 01:06:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3238 | void ExpandTypeFromArgs(QualType Ty, LValue Dst, |
John McCall | 12f2352 | 2016-04-04 18:33:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3239 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *>::iterator &AI); |
Daniel Dunbar | 8fc81b0 | 2008-09-17 00:51:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 | |
Alexey Samsonov | 91cf455 | 2014-08-22 01:06:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | /// ExpandTypeToArgs - Expand an RValue \arg RV, with the LLVM type for \arg |
| 3242 | /// Ty, into individual arguments on the provided vector \arg IRCallArgs, |
| 3243 | /// starting at index \arg IRCallArgPos. See ABIArgInfo::Expand. |
| 3244 | void ExpandTypeToArgs(QualType Ty, RValue RV, llvm::FunctionType *IRFuncTy, |
| 3245 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &IRCallArgs, |
| 3246 | unsigned &IRCallArgPos); |
Anders Carlsson | 03aaf11 | 2009-01-11 19:40:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3247 | |
Chad Rosier | 59df25b | 2012-08-23 20:00:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3248 | llvm::Value* EmitAsmInput(const TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info, |
Anders Carlsson | 03aaf11 | 2009-01-11 19:40:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | const Expr *InputExpr, std::string &ConstraintStr); |
Mike Stump | fc49682 | 2009-02-08 23:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | |
Chad Rosier | 59df25b | 2012-08-23 20:00:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3251 | llvm::Value* EmitAsmInputLValue(const TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info, |
Eli Friedman | eca55af | 2010-07-16 00:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 | LValue InputValue, QualType InputType, |
Nick Lewycky | 2d84e84 | 2013-10-02 02:29:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3253 | std::string &ConstraintStr, |
| 3254 | SourceLocation Loc); |
Eli Friedman | eca55af | 2010-07-16 00:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 | |
George Burgess IV | 3e3bb95b | 2015-12-02 21:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3256 | /// \brief Attempts to statically evaluate the object size of E. If that |
| 3257 | /// fails, emits code to figure the size of E out for us. This is |
| 3258 | /// pass_object_size aware. |
| 3259 | llvm::Value *evaluateOrEmitBuiltinObjectSize(const Expr *E, unsigned Type, |
| 3260 | llvm::IntegerType *ResType); |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | /// \brief Emits the size of E, as required by __builtin_object_size. This |
| 3263 | /// function is aware of pass_object_size parameters, and will act accordingly |
| 3264 | /// if E is a parameter with the pass_object_size attribute. |
| 3265 | llvm::Value *emitBuiltinObjectSize(const Expr *E, unsigned Type, |
| 3266 | llvm::IntegerType *ResType); |
| 3267 | |
Reid Kleckner | 89077a1 | 2013-12-17 19:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3268 | public: |
Douglas Gregor | e83b956 | 2015-07-07 03:57:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 3270 | // Determine whether the given argument is an Objective-C method |
| 3271 | // that may have type parameters in its signature. |
| 3272 | static bool isObjCMethodWithTypeParams(const ObjCMethodDecl *method) { |
| 3273 | const DeclContext *dc = method->getDeclContext(); |
| 3274 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *classDecl= dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(dc)) { |
| 3275 | return classDecl->getTypeParamListAsWritten(); |
| 3276 | } |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *catDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(dc)) { |
| 3279 | return catDecl->getTypeParamList(); |
| 3280 | } |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | return false; |
| 3283 | } |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | template<typename T> |
| 3286 | static bool isObjCMethodWithTypeParams(const T *) { return false; } |
| 3287 | #endif |
| 3288 | |
Anders Carlsson | 60ce3fe | 2009-04-08 20:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 | /// EmitCallArgs - Emit call arguments for a function. |
Reid Kleckner | 739756c | 2013-12-04 19:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3290 | template <typename T> |
| 3291 | void EmitCallArgs(CallArgList &Args, const T *CallArgTypeInfo, |
David Blaikie | f05779e | 2015-07-21 18:37:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3292 | llvm::iterator_range<CallExpr::const_arg_iterator> ArgRange, |
Alexey Samsonov | 8e1162c | 2014-09-08 17:22:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3293 | const FunctionDecl *CalleeDecl = nullptr, |
David Blaikie | 835afb2 | 2015-01-21 23:08:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3294 | unsigned ParamsToSkip = 0) { |
Reid Kleckner | 739756c | 2013-12-04 19:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 | SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; |
David Blaikie | f05779e | 2015-07-21 18:37:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3296 | CallExpr::const_arg_iterator Arg = ArgRange.begin(); |
Anders Carlsson | 60ce3fe | 2009-04-08 20:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3297 | |
Alexey Samsonov | cbe875a | 2014-08-28 00:22:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3298 | assert((ParamsToSkip == 0 || CallArgTypeInfo) && |
| 3299 | "Can't skip parameters if type info is not provided"); |
| 3300 | if (CallArgTypeInfo) { |
Douglas Gregor | e83b956 | 2015-07-07 03:57:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3301 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 3302 | bool isGenericMethod = isObjCMethodWithTypeParams(CallArgTypeInfo); |
| 3303 | #endif |
| 3304 | |
Alexey Samsonov | cbe875a | 2014-08-28 00:22:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3305 | // First, use the argument types that the type info knows about |
| 3306 | for (auto I = CallArgTypeInfo->param_type_begin() + ParamsToSkip, |
| 3307 | E = CallArgTypeInfo->param_type_end(); |
| 3308 | I != E; ++I, ++Arg) { |
David Blaikie | f05779e | 2015-07-21 18:37:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3309 | assert(Arg != ArgRange.end() && "Running over edge of argument list!"); |
Aaron Ballman | 7c04eae | 2015-07-07 13:25:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3310 | assert((isGenericMethod || |
| 3311 | ((*I)->isVariablyModifiedType() || |
| 3312 | (*I).getNonReferenceType()->isObjCRetainableType() || |
| 3313 | getContext() |
| 3314 | .getCanonicalType((*I).getNonReferenceType()) |
| 3315 | .getTypePtr() == |
| 3316 | getContext() |
Benjamin Kramer | f48ee44 | 2015-07-18 14:35:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 | .getCanonicalType((*Arg)->getType()) |
Aaron Ballman | 7c04eae | 2015-07-07 13:25:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3318 | .getTypePtr())) && |
| 3319 | "type mismatch in call argument!"); |
Alexey Samsonov | cbe875a | 2014-08-28 00:22:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 | ArgTypes.push_back(*I); |
| 3321 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 603d6af | 2009-04-18 20:20:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 | } |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | |
Reid Kleckner | 739756c | 2013-12-04 19:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3324 | // Either we've emitted all the call args, or we have a call to variadic |
Alexey Samsonov | cbe875a | 2014-08-28 00:22:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3325 | // function. |
David Blaikie | f05779e | 2015-07-21 18:37:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | assert((Arg == ArgRange.end() || !CallArgTypeInfo || |
| 3327 | CallArgTypeInfo->isVariadic()) && |
| 3328 | "Extra arguments in non-variadic function!"); |
Reid Kleckner | 739756c | 2013-12-04 19:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3329 | |
Anders Carlsson | 603d6af | 2009-04-18 20:20:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3330 | // If we still have any arguments, emit them using the type of the argument. |
David Blaikie | fd7c219 | 2015-07-21 18:59:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 | for (auto *A : llvm::make_range(Arg, ArgRange.end())) |
| 3332 | ArgTypes.push_back(getVarArgType(A)); |
Adrian Prantl | ca64c3e | 2013-07-26 20:42:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3333 | |
David Blaikie | f05779e | 2015-07-21 18:37:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3334 | EmitCallArgs(Args, ArgTypes, ArgRange, CalleeDecl, ParamsToSkip); |
Anders Carlsson | 603d6af | 2009-04-18 20:20:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3335 | } |
John McCall | d4f4b7f | 2010-03-03 04:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3336 | |
Reid Kleckner | 739756c | 2013-12-04 19:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3337 | void EmitCallArgs(CallArgList &Args, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTypes, |
David Blaikie | f05779e | 2015-07-21 18:37:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3338 | llvm::iterator_range<CallExpr::const_arg_iterator> ArgRange, |
Alexey Samsonov | 8e1162c | 2014-09-08 17:22:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3339 | const FunctionDecl *CalleeDecl = nullptr, |
David Blaikie | 835afb2 | 2015-01-21 23:08:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3340 | unsigned ParamsToSkip = 0); |
Reid Kleckner | 739756c | 2013-12-04 19:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3341 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3342 | /// EmitPointerWithAlignment - Given an expression with a pointer |
| 3343 | /// type, emit the value and compute our best estimate of the |
| 3344 | /// alignment of the pointee. |
| 3345 | /// |
| 3346 | /// Note that this function will conservatively fall back on the type |
| 3347 | /// when it doesn't |
| 3348 | /// |
| 3349 | /// \param Source - If non-null, this will be initialized with |
| 3350 | /// information about the source of the alignment. Note that this |
| 3351 | /// function will conservatively fall back on the type when it |
| 3352 | /// doesn't recognize the expression, which means that sometimes |
| 3353 | /// |
| 3354 | /// a worst-case One |
| 3355 | /// reasonable way to use this information is when there's a |
| 3356 | /// language guarantee that the pointer must be aligned to some |
| 3357 | /// stricter value, and we're simply trying to ensure that |
| 3358 | /// sufficiently obvious uses of under-aligned objects don't get |
| 3359 | /// miscompiled; for example, a placement new into the address of |
| 3360 | /// a local variable. In such a case, it's quite reasonable to |
| 3361 | /// just ignore the returned alignment when it isn't from an |
| 3362 | /// explicit source. |
| 3363 | Address EmitPointerWithAlignment(const Expr *Addr, |
| 3364 | AlignmentSource *Source = nullptr); |
| 3365 | |
Peter Collingbourne | dc13453 | 2016-01-16 00:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 | void EmitSanitizerStatReport(llvm::SanitizerStatKind SSK); |
| 3367 | |
Reid Kleckner | 89077a1 | 2013-12-17 19:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3368 | private: |
Reid Kleckner | 79b0fd7 | 2014-10-10 00:05:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3369 | QualType getVarArgType(const Expr *Arg); |
| 3370 | |
John McCall | d4f4b7f | 2010-03-03 04:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3371 | const TargetCodeGenInfo &getTargetHooks() const { |
| 3372 | return CGM.getTargetCodeGenInfo(); |
| 3373 | } |
John McCall | 09ae032 | 2010-07-06 23:57:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3374 | |
| 3375 | void EmitDeclMetadata(); |
John McCall | f9b056b | 2011-03-31 08:03:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3376 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3377 | BlockByrefHelpers *buildByrefHelpers(llvm::StructType &byrefType, |
| 3378 | const AutoVarEmission &emission); |
Dan Gohman | 515a60d | 2012-02-16 00:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3379 | |
| 3380 | void AddObjCARCExceptionMetadata(llvm::Instruction *Inst); |
Jay Foad | b0f3344 | 2012-03-02 18:34:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 | |
Saleem Abdulrasool | a14ac3f4 | 2014-12-04 04:52:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3382 | llvm::Value *GetValueForARMHint(unsigned BuiltinID); |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 | }; |
Mike Stump | 11289f4 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | /// Helper class with most of the code for saving a value for a |
| 3386 | /// conditional expression cleanup. |
John McCall | cb5f77f | 2011-01-28 10:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | struct DominatingLLVMValue { |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3388 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::Value*, 1, bool> saved_type; |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 | /// Answer whether the given value needs extra work to be saved. |
| 3391 | static bool needsSaving(llvm::Value *value) { |
| 3392 | // If it's not an instruction, we don't need to save. |
| 3393 | if (!isa<llvm::Instruction>(value)) return false; |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | // If it's an instruction in the entry block, we don't need to save. |
| 3396 | llvm::BasicBlock *block = cast<llvm::Instruction>(value)->getParent(); |
| 3397 | return (block != &block->getParent()->getEntryBlock()); |
| 3398 | } |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | /// Try to save the given value. |
| 3401 | static saved_type save(CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Value *value) { |
| 3402 | if (!needsSaving(value)) return saved_type(value, false); |
| 3403 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 | // Otherwise, we need an alloca. |
| 3405 | auto align = CharUnits::fromQuantity( |
| 3406 | CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().getPrefTypeAlignment(value->getType())); |
| 3407 | Address alloca = |
| 3408 | CGF.CreateTempAlloca(value->getType(), align, "cond-cleanup.save"); |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(value, alloca); |
| 3410 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 | return saved_type(alloca.getPointer(), true); |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3412 | } |
| 3413 | |
| 3414 | static llvm::Value *restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF, saved_type value) { |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 | // If the value says it wasn't saved, trust that it's still dominating. |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3416 | if (!value.getInt()) return value.getPointer(); |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3417 | |
| 3418 | // Otherwise, it should be an alloca instruction, as set up in save(). |
| 3419 | auto alloca = cast<llvm::AllocaInst>(value.getPointer()); |
| 3420 | return CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(alloca, alloca->getAlignment()); |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3421 | } |
| 3422 | }; |
| 3423 | |
John McCall | cb5f77f | 2011-01-28 10:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3424 | /// A partial specialization of DominatingValue for llvm::Values that |
| 3425 | /// might be llvm::Instructions. |
| 3426 | template <class T> struct DominatingPointer<T,true> : DominatingLLVMValue { |
| 3427 | typedef T *type; |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3428 | static type restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF, saved_type value) { |
John McCall | cb5f77f | 2011-01-28 10:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3429 | return static_cast<T*>(DominatingLLVMValue::restore(CGF, value)); |
| 3430 | } |
| 3431 | }; |
| 3432 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3433 | /// A specialization of DominatingValue for Address. |
| 3434 | template <> struct DominatingValue<Address> { |
| 3435 | typedef Address type; |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | struct saved_type { |
| 3438 | DominatingLLVMValue::saved_type SavedValue; |
| 3439 | CharUnits Alignment; |
| 3440 | }; |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | static bool needsSaving(type value) { |
| 3443 | return DominatingLLVMValue::needsSaving(value.getPointer()); |
| 3444 | } |
| 3445 | static saved_type save(CodeGenFunction &CGF, type value) { |
| 3446 | return { DominatingLLVMValue::save(CGF, value.getPointer()), |
| 3447 | value.getAlignment() }; |
| 3448 | } |
| 3449 | static type restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF, saved_type value) { |
| 3450 | return Address(DominatingLLVMValue::restore(CGF, value.SavedValue), |
| 3451 | value.Alignment); |
| 3452 | } |
| 3453 | }; |
| 3454 | |
John McCall | cb5f77f | 2011-01-28 10:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3455 | /// A specialization of DominatingValue for RValue. |
| 3456 | template <> struct DominatingValue<RValue> { |
| 3457 | typedef RValue type; |
| 3458 | class saved_type { |
| 3459 | enum Kind { ScalarLiteral, ScalarAddress, AggregateLiteral, |
| 3460 | AggregateAddress, ComplexAddress }; |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | llvm::Value *Value; |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3463 | unsigned K : 3; |
| 3464 | unsigned Align : 29; |
| 3465 | saved_type(llvm::Value *v, Kind k, unsigned a = 0) |
| 3466 | : Value(v), K(k), Align(a) {} |
John McCall | cb5f77f | 2011-01-28 10:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | |
| 3468 | public: |
| 3469 | static bool needsSaving(RValue value); |
| 3470 | static saved_type save(CodeGenFunction &CGF, RValue value); |
| 3471 | RValue restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF); |
| 3472 | |
John McCall | 7f416cc | 2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 | // implementations in CGCleanup.cpp |
John McCall | cb5f77f | 2011-01-28 10:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3474 | }; |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | static bool needsSaving(type value) { |
| 3477 | return saved_type::needsSaving(value); |
| 3478 | } |
| 3479 | static saved_type save(CodeGenFunction &CGF, type value) { |
| 3480 | return saved_type::save(CGF, value); |
| 3481 | } |
| 3482 | static type restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF, saved_type value) { |
| 3483 | return value.restore(CGF); |
John McCall | ce1de61 | 2011-01-26 04:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3484 | } |
| 3485 | }; |
| 3486 | |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3487 | } // end namespace CodeGen |
| 3488 | } // end namespace clang |
Fariborz Jahanian | 715fdd5 | 2012-01-29 20:27:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3489 | |
Chris Lattner | bed3144 | 2007-05-28 01:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3490 | #endif |